CN105103637A - Device communication method and apparatus - Google Patents
Device communication method and apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN105103637A CN105103637A CN201480000892.3A CN201480000892A CN105103637A CN 105103637 A CN105103637 A CN 105103637A CN 201480000892 A CN201480000892 A CN 201480000892A CN 105103637 A CN105103637 A CN 105103637A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- unlicensed spectrum
- control signaling
- radio resource
- enb
- resource
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
设备通信方法及装置 Device communication method and device
技术领域 technical field
本发明涉及通信领域, 特别涉及一种设备通信方法及装置。 背景技术 The present invention relates to the communication field, in particular to a device communication method and device. Background technique
D2D ( Device to Device, 设备到设备 )通信模式是指 UE ( User Equipment, 用户设备)之间通过复用小区的频谱资源进行直接通信的模式。 由于 UE之间 可以直接通信, 因此, D2D通信模式可以降低基站与 UE之间的控制信令的开 销、 降低 UE发射功率、 提高频谱资源利用率, 提高了蜂窝网络的容量。 The D2D (Device to Device, device to device) communication mode refers to a mode in which UEs (User Equipment, user equipment) perform direct communication by reusing spectrum resources of a cell. Since UEs can communicate directly, the D2D communication mode can reduce the overhead of control signaling between the base station and the UE, reduce UE transmit power, improve spectrum resource utilization, and increase the capacity of the cellular network.
在使用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输时, eNB ( evolved Node B, 演进型基 站)分别为第一 UE和第二 UE分配授权频谱的无线资源, 并向第一 UE和第 二 UE发送用于指示对该授权频谱进行测量的测量配置, 第一 UE和第二 UE 将在测量过程中获取到的对端的信息和无线条件添加到测量结果中上报给 eNB, eNB在确定无线条件适于采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输时, 向第一 UE发送用于指示第一 UE在分配的无线资源上发送数据的第一控制信令且向 第二 UE发送用于指示第二 UE在分配的无线资源上接收数据的第二控制信令, 第一 UE根据第一控制信令在无线资源上发送数据, 第二 UE根据第二控制信 令在无线资源上接收数据, 实现第一 UE与第二 UE之间的数据传输。 其中, 授权频谱是指频语监管机构分配给指定无线接入系统独占使用的频谱。 When using the D2D communication mode for data transmission, the eNB (evolved Node B, evolved base station) allocates radio resources of the licensed spectrum to the first UE and the second UE respectively, and sends instructions to the first UE and the second UE. The measurement configuration for measuring the authorized spectrum, the first UE and the second UE add the information and radio conditions of the opposite end obtained during the measurement process to the measurement results and report to the eNB, and the eNB determines that the radio conditions are suitable for adopting the D2D communication mode When performing data transmission, sending to the first UE the first control signaling for instructing the first UE to send data on the allocated radio resources and sending to the second UE the first control signaling for instructing the second UE to receive data on the allocated radio resources The second control signaling, the first UE sends data on the radio resource according to the first control signaling, and the second UE receives data on the radio resource according to the second control signaling, realizing the communication between the first UE and the second UE data transmission. Wherein, the authorized spectrum refers to the spectrum allocated by the frequency regulatory agency to a designated wireless access system for exclusive use.
发明人在实现本发明的过程中, 发现现有技术中至少存在以下缺陷: 由于 eNB 能够提供的授权频谱是一定的, 而业务对频谱和带宽的需求在 不断增加, 因此, eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以满足不 断增长的频谱需求, 导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高。 发明内容 In the process of realizing the present invention, the inventor found that there are at least the following defects in the prior art: Since the licensed spectrum that the eNB can provide is certain, and the demand for spectrum and bandwidth of the service is constantly increasing, therefore, the eNB is in the D2D communication mode The radio resources allocated by the UEs in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet the increasing spectrum demand, resulting in low communication efficiency between the UEs using the D2D communication mode. Contents of the invention
为了解决 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以满足不断增 长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题,本 发明实施例提供了一种设备通信方法及装置。 所述技术方案如下: 第一方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种设备通信装置, 用于目标设备中, 所 述装置包括: In order to solve the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for UEs in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet the ever-increasing spectrum demand, resulting in low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, an embodiment of the present invention provides a device communication method and devices. Described technical scheme is as follows: In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a device communication device, which is used in a target device, and the device includes:
资源分配模块, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为用户设备 UE分配 所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 所述非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟 争使用的频谱; The resource allocation module is configured to allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the user equipment UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, and the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
信令生成模块, 用于根据所述资源分配模块分配的所述第一无线资源生成 与所述 UE对应的控制信令, 所述控制信令携带有用于指示所述第一无线资源 的指示信息; a signaling generation module, configured to generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the first radio resource allocated by the resource allocation module, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource ;
信令发送模块, 用于向所述 UE发送所述信令生成模块生成的所述控制信 令, 以便所述 UE在根据所述指示信息确定的所述第一无线资源上采用设备到 设备 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 a signaling sending module, configured to send the control signaling generated by the signaling generating module to the UE, so that the UE adopts device-to-device D2D on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information Communication mode realizes data transmission.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述信令发送模块, 包括: 第一发送单元,用于通过演进型基站 eNB为所述 UE配置的授权频谱的第 二无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令; 或, In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the signaling sending module includes: a first sending unit configured to transmit the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured for the UE to the eNB through the evolved base station eNB. The UE sends the control signaling; or,
第二发送单元, 用于通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向所述 UE发送所述 控制信令, 所述第三无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 所述控制 信令指示信息是 eNB在所述 eNB为所述 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源 上发送。 a second sending unit, configured to send the control signaling to the UE through a third radio resource of an unlicensed spectrum, the third radio resource is determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indicates The information is sent by the eNB on the second radio resource of the authorized frequency spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第二种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第二发送单元, 包括: With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the second sending unit includes:
第一发送子单元, 用于当所述目标设备是 eNB 时, 通过所述第二无线资 源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令指示信息, 再通过所述控制信令指示信息确定 的所述第三无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令, 以便所述 UE在所述控制 信令指示信息确定的所述第三无线资源上接收所述控制信令; a first sending subunit, configured to send the control signaling indication information to the UE through the second radio resource when the target device is an eNB, and then use the control signaling indication information to determine the The third radio resource sends the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information;
第二发送子单元, 用于当所述目标设备是发送所述控制信令的主 UE时, 确定接收所述控制信令的 UE是从 UE, 在所述第二无线资源上接收所述 eNB 发送的所述控制信令指示信息,再通过所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三 无线资源向所述从 UE发送所述控制信令, 以便所述从 UE在所述控制信令指 示信息确定的所述第三无线资源上接收所述控制信令。 a second sending subunit, configured to, when the target device is the master UE sending the control signaling, determine that the UE receiving the control signaling is a slave UE, and receive the eNB on the second radio resource the control signaling indication information sent, and then send the control signaling to the secondary UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the secondary UE receiving the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the indication information.
在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述装置还包括: In a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the device further includes:
信号检测模块, 用于每隔预定时间检测所述非授权频谱的信号质量; 第一通信模块, 用于在所述信号检测模块检测的结果为所述非授权频谱的 信号质量满足预设条件时,指示所述 UE采用所述 D2D通信模式实现数据传输; 第二通信模块, 用于在所述信号检测模块检测的结果为所述非授权频谱的 信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示所述 UE采用小区通信模式实现数据传输, 所述小区通信模式是指所述 UE通过 eNB进行数据传输。 A signal detection module, configured to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time; The first communication module is configured to instruct the UE to use the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission when the signal detection result of the signal detection module is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum satisfies a preset condition; the second communication module, When the signal detection module detects that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet a preset condition, instruct the UE to use a cell communication mode to implement data transmission, and the cell communication mode means that the UE passes The eNB performs data transmission.
在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述 D2D通信模式为广播或组播方式, 则所述装置还包括: In a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, if the target device is the master UE and the D2D communication mode is broadcast or multicast, the apparatus further includes:
数据传播模块,用于所述信令发送模块向所述 UE发送所述控制信令之后, 通过广播或组播方式在所述第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据; a data dissemination module, configured to send data to at least one slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner after the signaling sending module sends the control signaling to the UE;
数据发送模块, 用于若存在未接收到所述数据传播模块传播的所述数据的 从 UE, 则在授权频谱的第四无线资源上再次向所述从 UE发送所述数据。 A data sending module, configured to send the data to the slave UE again on the fourth radio resource of the authorized spectrum if there is a slave UE that has not received the data propagated by the data spreading module.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述资源分配模块, 包括: In combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect Implementation manner. In a fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the resource allocation module includes:
第一分配单元, 用于若所述目标设备是 eNB且所述 UE 中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE, 则确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将所确定的所述非 授权频谱中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资 源; a first allocating unit, configured to determine an available unlicensed spectrum if the target device is an eNB and there is no UE served by other eNBs among the UEs, and select from the determined unlicensed spectrum using the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum as the allocated first radio resource;
第二分配单元, 用于若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述从 UE中不存在由其 他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池,所述非授权 频谱资源池包括处于可用状态的非授权频谱,将从所述非授权频谱资源池中选 取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源。 The second allocating unit is configured to receive an unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by an eNB if the target device is a primary UE and there is no secondary UE served by another eNB among the secondary UEs, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool Including the unlicensed spectrum in an available state, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述资源分配模块, 包括: In combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect Implementation manner. In a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the resource allocation module includes:
第三分配单元,用于若所述目标设备是 eNB且所述 UE中存在至少一个由 其他 eNB提供服务的 UE, 则与所述其他 eNB进行分配协商,将协商得到的所 述 eNB和所述其他 eNB共同占用的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所 述第一无线资源; 第四分配单元, 用于若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述从 UE中存在至少一 个由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE,则接收向所述主 UE提供服务的 eNB发送的 非授权频谱资源池, 所述非授权频谱资源池是所述 eNB与所述其他 eNB进行 分配协商后确定共同占用的,将从所述非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频 谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源。 A third allocating unit, configured to perform allocation negotiation with the other eNB if the target device is an eNB and there is at least one UE served by another eNB among the UEs, and combine the eNB and the eNB obtained through negotiation The first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum commonly occupied by other eNBs is used as the allocated first radio resource; A fourth allocating unit, configured to receive unlicensed spectrum resources sent by the eNB serving the master UE if the target device is a master UE and there is at least one slave UE served by other eNBs among the slave UEs pool, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is determined to be jointly occupied by the eNB and the other eNB after the allocation negotiation, and the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as the allocation of the first wireless resource.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述资源分配模块, 包括: In combination with the first aspect or the first possible implementation of the first aspect or the second possible implementation of the first aspect or the third possible implementation of the first aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the first aspect Implementation manner. In a seventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the resource allocation module includes:
第五分配单元, 用于对于每一次采用所述 D2D通信模式的数据传输, 动 态为所述 UE分配所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, A fifth allocating unit, configured to dynamically allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE for each data transmission using the D2D communication mode; or,
第六分配单元, 用于根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为所述 UE分配所述 非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 所述半静态分配策略是每一次所述非授权频谱处 于可用状态时对所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 A sixth allocating unit, configured to allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy, where the semi-static allocation strategy is to assign the unlicensed spectrum each time the unlicensed spectrum is available A strategy for allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum.
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种设备通信装置, 用于目标设备中, 所 述装置包括: In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a device communication device, which is used in a target device, and the device includes:
处理器, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为用户设备 UE分配所述非 授权频谱的第一无线资源, 所述非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用 的频谱; 根据分配的所述第一无线资源生成与所述 UE对应的控制信令, 所述 控制信令携带有用于指示所述第一无线资源的指示信息; a processor, configured to allocate a first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the user equipment UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, where the unlicensed spectrum refers to a spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition; The allocated first radio resource generates control signaling corresponding to the UE, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource;
发射机, 用于向所述 UE发送所述处理器生成的所述控制信令, 以便所述 UE在根据所述指示信息确定的所述第一无线资源上采用设备到设备 D2D通信 模式实现数据传输。 a transmitter, configured to send the control signaling generated by the processor to the UE, so that the UE uses a device-to-device D2D communication mode to implement data on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information transmission.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述发射机, 具体用于通过演进 型基站 eNB为所述 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控 制信令; 或, 通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令, 所述第三无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 所述控制信令指示信 息是 eNB在所述 eNB为所述 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the transmitter is specifically configured to send the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum configured by the evolved base station eNB for the UE or, sending the control signaling to the UE through a third radio resource of an unlicensed spectrum, the third radio resource is determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indication information is that the eNB The eNB transmits on the second radio resource of the authorized frequency spectrum configured for the UE.
结合第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第二种可能的实现 方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于当所述目标设备是 eNB 时, 通过所述第二无 线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令指示信息, 再通过所述控制信令指示信息 确定的所述第三无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令, 以便所述 UE在所述 控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三无线资源上接收所述控制信令; 当所述目标 设备是发送所述控制信令的主 UE时, 确定接收所述控制信令的 UE是从 UE, 在所述第二无线资源上接收所述 eNB发送的所述控制信令指示信息, 再通过 所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三无线资源向所述从 UE发送所述控制信 令, 以便所述从 UE在所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三无线资源上接收 所述控制信令。 With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: when the target device is an eNB, through the second wireless The resource sends the control signaling indication information to the UE, and then indicates the information through the control signaling The determined third radio resource sends the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information; when the When the target device is the master UE that sends the control signaling, determine that the UE receiving the control signaling is a slave UE, receive the control signaling indication information sent by the eNB on the second radio resource, and then Send the control signaling to the secondary UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the secondary UE operates on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information Receive the control signaling.
在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于每隔预定时 间检测所述非授权频谱的信号质量; 若检测结果为所述非授权频谱的信号质量 满足预设条件,则指示所述 UE采用所述 D2D通信模式实现数据传输; 若检测 结果为所述非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件, 则指示所述 UE采用小区 通信模式实现数据传输,所述小区通信模式是指所述 UE通过 eNB进行数据传 输。 In a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is further configured to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time; if the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset Setting a condition, instructing the UE to implement data transmission using the D2D communication mode; if the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, instructing the UE to implement data transmission using a cell communication mode, the The cell communication mode refers to that the UE performs data transmission through the eNB.
在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述 D2D通信模式为广播或组播方式, 则所述发射机, 还用于向所述 UE发送所述 控制信令之后, 通过广播或组播方式在所述第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE 发送数据; 若存在未接收到所述数据的从 UE, 则在授权频谱的第四无线资源 上再次向所述从 UE发送所述数据。 In a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, if the target device is a master UE and the D2D communication mode is broadcast or multicast, the transmitter is further configured to send the UE the After the above control signaling, send data to at least one secondary UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner; if there is a secondary UE that has not received the data, then on the fourth radio resource of the authorized spectrum sending the data to the secondary UE again.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用 于若所述目标设备是 eNB且所述 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE,则 确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将所确定的所述非授权频谱中选取出的非授 权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源; 若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述从 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则接收 eNB分配的 非授权频谱资源池, 所述非授权频谱资源池包括处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将从所述非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配 的所述第一无线资源。 In combination with the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect or the second possible implementation of the second aspect or the third possible implementation of the second aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect Implementation manner. In a fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is specifically configured to determine that if the target device is an eNB and there is no UE served by other eNBs among the UEs, An unlicensed spectrum in an available state, using the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the determined unlicensed spectrum as the allocated first wireless resource; if the target device is a master UE and the slave If there is no slave UE served by other eNBs in the UE, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB is received. The unlicensed spectrum resource pool includes unlicensed spectrum in an available state, and the unlicensed spectrum resource pool The selected first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum is used as the allocated first radio resource.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用 于若所述目标设备是 eNB且所述 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE,则与所述其他 eNB进行分配协商,将协商得到的所述 eNB和所述其他 eNB 共同占用的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源; 若所述 目标设备是主 UE且所述从 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则接收向所述主 UE提供服务的 eNB发送的非授权频谱资源池,所述非授权频 谱资源池是所述 eNB与所述其他 eNB进行分配协商后确定共同占用的, 将从 所述非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所 述第一无线资源。 In combination with the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect or the second possible implementation of the second aspect or the third possible implementation of the second aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect Implementation manner. In a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor specifically uses If the target device is an eNB and there is at least one UE served by other eNBs among the UEs, perform allocation negotiation with the other eNBs, and use the negotiated eNB and the other eNBs to occupy the The first radio resource of the authorized spectrum is used as the allocated first radio resource; if the target device is a master UE and there is at least one slave UE that is served by another eNB among the slave UEs, receiving the The unlicensed spectrum resource pool sent by the eNB providing the service, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is determined to be jointly occupied by the eNB and the other eNB after the allocation negotiation, and will be selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool The first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第二方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用 于对于每一次采用所述 D2D通信模式的数据传输,动态为所述 UE分配所述非 授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, 根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为所述 UE分 配所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 所述半静态分配策略是每一次所述非授权 频谱处于可用状态时对所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 In combination with the second aspect or the first possible implementation of the second aspect or the second possible implementation of the second aspect or the third possible implementation of the second aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the second aspect Implementation manner. In a seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the processor is specifically configured to dynamically allocate the unlicensed frequency spectrum to the UE for each data transmission in the D2D communication mode. The first radio resource; or, allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy, and the semi-static allocation strategy is to assign the unlicensed spectrum to the UE every time the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state A strategy for allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种设备通信方法, 用于目标设备中, 所 述方法包括: In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a device communication method used in a target device, the method comprising:
在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为用户设备 UE分配所述非授权频谱的第 一无线资源, 所述非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; When the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the user equipment UE, and the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
根据分配的所述第一无线资源生成与所述 UE对应的控制信令, 所述控制 信令携带有用于指示所述第一无线资源的指示信息; generating control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource;
向所述 UE发送所述控制信令, 以便所述 UE在根据所述指示信息确定的 所述第一无线资源上采用设备到设备 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 Sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in a device-to-device D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述向所述 UE发送所述控制信 令, 包括: In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the sending the control signaling to the UE includes:
通过演进型基站 eNB为所述 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令; 或, sending the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or,
通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令, 所述第三 无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定,所述控制信令指示信息是 eNB 在所述 eNB为所述 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 sending the control signaling to the UE through a third radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum, the third radio resource is determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indication information is the eNB in the eNB sending on the second radio resource of the licensed frequency spectrum configured for the UE.
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第二种可能的实现 方式中, 所述通过所述第一无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控制信令, 包括: 当所述目标设备是 eNB时,通过所述第二无线资源向所述 UE发送所述控 制信令指示信息,再通过所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三无线资源向所 述 UE发送所述控制信令, 以便所述 UE在所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述 第三无线资源上接收所述控制信令; In combination with the first possible implementation of the third aspect, the second possible implementation of the third aspect In a manner, the sending the control signaling to the UE through the first radio resource includes: when the target device is an eNB, sending the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource signaling indication information, and then send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the UE receiving the control signaling on a wireless resource;
当所述目标设备是发送所述控制信令的主 UE时, 确定接收所述控制信令 的 UE是从 UE, 在所述第二无线资源上接收所述 eNB发送的所述控制信令指 示信息, 再通过所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三无线资源向所述从 UE 发送所述控制信令, 以便所述从 UE在所述控制信令指示信息确定的所述第三 无线资源上接收所述控制信令。 When the target device is the master UE that sends the control signaling, determine that the UE that receives the control signaling is a slave UE, and receive the control signaling indication sent by the eNB on the second radio resource information, and then send the control signaling to the secondary UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the secondary UE can use the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information The control signaling is received on a radio resource.
在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述方法还包括: In a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes:
每隔预定时间检测所述非授权频谱的信号质量; detecting the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals;
若检测结果为所述非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则指示所述 UE 采用所述 D2D通信模式实现数据传输; If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum satisfies a preset condition, instruct the UE to use the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission;
若检测结果为所述非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件, 则指示所述 UE采用小区通信模式实现数据传输,所述小区通信模式是指所述 UE通过 eNB 进行数据传输。 If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, instruct the UE to use a cell communication mode to implement data transmission, and the cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述 D2D通信模式为广播或组播方式, 则所述向所述 UE发送所述控制信令之后, 还包括: In a fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, if the target device is a master UE and the D2D communication mode is broadcast or multicast, after sending the control signaling to the UE, Also includes:
通过广播或组播方式在所述第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据; 若存在未接收到所述数据的从 UE, 则在授权频谱的第四无线资源上再次 向所述从 UE发送所述数据。 sending data to at least one secondary UE on the first radio resource by broadcasting or multicasting; if there is a secondary UE that has not received the data, sending data to the secondary UE again on a fourth radio resource of the authorized spectrum Send the data.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述为用户设备 UE 分配所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: In combination with the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect or the second possible implementation of the third aspect or the third possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect Implementation manners. In a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the user equipment UE includes:
若所述目标设备是 eNB且所述 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE, 则确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱,将所确定的所述非授权频谱中选取出的非 授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源; If the target device is an eNB and there is no UE that is served by other eNBs among the UEs, then determine an available unlicensed spectrum, and select the unlicensed spectrum selected from the determined unlicensed spectrum a radio resource as the allocated first radio resource;
若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述从 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池, 所述非授权频谱资源池包括处于 可用状态的非授权频谱, 将从所述非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的 第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源。 If the target device is a master UE and there is no slave UE served by other eNBs in the slave UE The UE receives an unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool includes an available unlicensed spectrum, and selects the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool as the allocated first radio resource.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述为用户设备 UE 分配所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: In combination with the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect or the second possible implementation of the third aspect or the third possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect Implementation manner, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the user equipment UE includes:
若所述目标设备是 eNB且所述 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服务 的 UE,则与所述其他 eNB进行分配协商,将协商得到的所述 eNB和所述其他 eNB共同占用的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的所述第一无线资源; 若所述目标设备是主 UE且所述从 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服 务的从 UE, 则接收向所述主 UE提供服务的 eNB发送的非授权频谱资源池, 所述非授权频谱资源池是所述 eNB与所述其他 eNB进行分配协商后确定共同 占用的,将从所述非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作 为分配的所述第一无线资源。 If the target device is an eNB and there is at least one UE served by other eNBs among the UEs, perform allocation negotiation with the other eNBs, and use the negotiated unlicensed shared shared eNB and other eNBs The first radio resource of the frequency spectrum is used as the first radio resource allocated; if the target device is a master UE and there is at least one slave UE that is served by another eNB among the slave UEs, receiving the The unlicensed spectrum resource pool sent by the serving eNB, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is determined to be jointly occupied by the eNB and the other eNB after the allocation negotiation, and the unlicensed spectrum resource pool selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool The first radio resource of the authorized frequency spectrum is used as the allocated first radio resource.
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第二种 可能的实现方式或第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第三方面的第四种可 能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述为用户设备 UE 分配所述非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: In combination with the third aspect or the first possible implementation of the third aspect or the second possible implementation of the third aspect or the third possible implementation of the third aspect or the fourth possible implementation of the third aspect Implementation manners. In a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the user equipment UE includes:
对于每一次采用所述 D2D通信模式的数据传输,动态为所述 UE分配所述 非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, For each data transmission using the D2D communication mode, dynamically allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE; or,
根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为所述 UE分配所述非授权频谱的第一无 线资源, 所述半静态分配策略是每一次所述非授权频谱处于可用状态时对所述 非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 Allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy, where the semi-static allocation strategy is the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum each time the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state A strategy for allocating radio resources.
本发明实施例提供的技术方案的有益效果是: The beneficial effects of the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present invention are:
通过在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资 源; 根据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有 用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指 示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于 可用状态的非授权频谱的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输, 而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模 式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信 模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE 之间的通信效率的效果。 附图说明 By allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generating control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource, the control signaling carrying information for indicating the first radio resource the instruction information; sending a control signaling to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the instruction information, and can use the D2D communication on the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum in an available state mode for data transmission without additionally allocating wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the eNB supports the D2D communication mode In the formula, the radio resources allocated by the UEs are difficult to meet the increasing spectrum demand, which leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode. Description of drawings
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例中的技术方案, 下面将对实施例描述中所 需要使用的附图作筒单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明 的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。 In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention, the following will briefly introduce the drawings that need to be used in the description of the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some embodiments of the present invention , for those skilled in the art, other drawings can also be obtained according to these drawings on the premise of not paying creative work.
图 1是本发明一个实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架图; FIG. 1 is a structural frame diagram of a device communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2是本发明再一实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架图; FIG. 2 is a structural frame diagram of a device communication device provided by another embodiment of the present invention;
图 3是本发明再一实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架图; FIG. 3 is a structural frame diagram of a device communication device provided by another embodiment of the present invention;
图 4是本发明又一实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架图; FIG. 4 is a structural frame diagram of a device communication device provided by another embodiment of the present invention;
图 5是本发明一个实施例提供的设备通信方法的方法流程图; Fig. 5 is a method flowchart of a device communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图 6是本发明另一实施例提供的设备通信方法的方法流程图; FIG. 6 is a method flowchart of a device communication method provided by another embodiment of the present invention;
图 7是本发明另一实施例提供的设备通信方法的方法流程图。 具体实施方式 Fig. 7 is a method flowchart of a device communication method provided by another embodiment of the present invention. Detailed ways
为使本发明的目的、 技术方案和优点更加清楚, 下面将结合附图对本发明 实施方式作进一步地详细描述。 本实施例涉及一种设备通信方法,采用 D2D通信模式的 UE在非授权频谱 的无线资源上传输数据。 非授权频谱由各个无线接入系统竟争使用, 且无线接 入系统需要在使用一定时间后释放非授权频谱的无线资源, 空闲一定时间后重 新开始竟争非授权频谱的无线资源,从而给予各无线接入系统以公平竟争和使 用非授权频谱的无线资源的机会。 其中, 无线接入系统是指通过 RAT ( Radio Access Technology , 无线接入技术 )接入网络的系统。 无线接入系统包括蜂窝 网络系统、 WiFi ( Wireless Fidelity , 无线保真 ) 系统、 蓝牙系统和 Zigbee (紫 峰) 系统等。 蜂窝网络包括 LTE ( Long Term Evolution, 长期演进)、 LTE-A ( LTE- Advance , 高级长期演进技术)、 GSM ( Global System for Mobile communication , 全球移动通信 系 统 )、 UMTS ( Universal Mobile Telecommunications System , 通用移动通信系统) 和 CDMA ( Code Division Multiple Access, 码分多址 ) 2000等。 In order to make the purpose, technical solution and advantages of the present invention clearer, the following will further describe in detail the embodiments of the present invention in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. This embodiment relates to a device communication method, in which a UE adopting a D2D communication mode transmits data on wireless resources of an unlicensed spectrum. The unlicensed spectrum is used by various wireless access systems, and the wireless access system needs to release the wireless resources of the unlicensed spectrum after a certain period of time, and restart the competition for the wireless resources of the unlicensed spectrum after a certain period of time, so as to give each Wireless access systems have the opportunity to fairly compete and use wireless resources in unlicensed spectrum. Wherein, the wireless access system refers to a system that accesses a network through a RAT (Radio Access Technology, wireless access technology). The wireless access system includes a cellular network system, a WiFi (Wireless Fidelity, Wireless Fidelity) system, a Bluetooth system, and a Zigbee (Purple Peak) system, etc. Cellular networks include LTE (Long Term Evolution, Long Term Evolution), LTE-A (LTE-Advance, Advanced Long Term Evolution Technology), GSM (Global System for Mobile communication, Global System for Mobile Communications), UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, Universal Mobile Communication System) and CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access, Code Division Multiple Access) 2000, etc.
本实施例以设备通信方法应用于 LTE-A 中为例进行说明, LTE-A的 CA ( Carrier Aggregation,载波聚合)通过将多个连续或者非连续的 CC( Component Carrier, 分量载波)进行聚合以提高用户峰值数据速率和系统吞吐量。 所聚合 的分量载波包括一个 PCelK Primary Cell,主小区)和 0至 5个 SCelK Secondary Cell, 辅小区)。 PCell是 UE执行随机接入过程初始接入系统时的小区或者执 行切换过程接入到目标基站时的小区。 PCell还提供安全性和 NAS( Non- Access Stratum, 非接入层)信令传输。 SCell主要提供额外的无线资源用于数据传输。 因此, LTE-A可以通过 CA技术利用非授权频谱, 即将非授权频语作为 SCell 使用。 请参考图 1 , 其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架 图。 该设备通信装置可以用于目标设备中, 包括: This embodiment is described by taking the device communication method applied to LTE-A as an example. CA (Carrier Aggregation, carrier aggregation) of LTE-A aggregates multiple continuous or discontinuous CCs (Component Carrier, component carrier) to Increase peak user data rates and system throughput. The aggregated component carriers include one PCelK Primary Cell (primary cell) and 0 to 5 SCelK Secondary Cells (secondary cell). The PCell is the cell when the UE initially accesses the system during the random access process or the cell when it accesses the target base station during the handover process. The PCell also provides security and NAS (Non-Access Stratum, non-access stratum) signaling transmission. SCell mainly provides additional wireless resources for data transmission. Therefore, LTE-A can use the unlicensed spectrum through the CA technology, that is, use the unlicensed spectrum as the SCell. Please refer to FIG. 1, which shows a structural framework diagram of a device communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The device communicator can be used in target devices, including:
资源分配模块 110, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频 谱; The resource allocation module 110 is configured to allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is available, and the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
目标设备在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态后, 即可为 UE分配非授权频谱 的第一无线资源。 比如, 频率区域是 5170-5190MHZ的非授权频谱处于可用状 态,则目标设备可以在 5170-5190MHZ中选取出 5170-5175MHz频率区域的 PRB ( Physical Resource Block, 物理资源块)用于采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传 输,再在 5170-5175MHz频率区域的 PRB中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源;或,目标设备可以直接在 5170-5190MHZ 中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源,用 于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不同的 D2D通信的 UE可以 选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB,本实施例不限定目标设备分配第 一无线资源的分配方式, 也不限定 D2D通信使用小区的上行资源还是下行资 源。 After determining that the unlicensed spectrum is available, the target device can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE. For example, if the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region of 5170-5190MHZ is available, the target device can select a PRB (Physical Resource Block, Physical Resource Block) in the frequency region of 5170-5175MHz from 5170-5190MHZ to use the D2D communication mode to implement For data transmission, select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the PRBs in the 5170-5175MHz frequency region as the first wireless resource for the UE; or, the target device can directly select the 5170-5172MHz frequency region in the 5170-5190MHZ The PRB is used as the first radio resource for the UE, and the frequency resources used for D2D communication may also be discontinuous. For different D2D communication UEs, PRBs in different frequency regions in 5170-5190 MHz may be selected, which is not limited in this embodiment. The way in which the target device allocates the first wireless resource does not limit whether the D2D communication uses the uplink resource or the downlink resource of the cell.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或 UE与 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线接入 系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB and/or the UE is far away or the power is low, the eNB and the UE Unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between UEs or between UEs without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
信令生成模块 120, 用于根据资源分配模 110块分配的第一无线资源生成 与 UE对应的控制信令,该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; 为了使 UE明确为 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 目标设备需要 获取第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到控制信令中发送给 UE。 其中,指示信息用于指示 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 本实施例中时隙指传输时间间隔 TTI ( Transmission Time Interval ), 即一个调 度时间单位, 在 LTE中 1个 TTI对应于一个子帧 ( subframe ), 占用 1ms的时 间, 包括两个时槽(slot )。 The signaling generation module 120 is configured to generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the first radio resource allocated by the resource allocation module 110, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; For the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated by the UE, the target device needs to obtain indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling and send it to the UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot the UE sends or receives data from which frequency region. In this embodiment, a time slot refers to a transmission time interval TTI (Transmission Time Interval), that is, a scheduling time unit. In LTE, one TTI corresponds to a subframe (subframe), which occupies 1 ms of time, including two time slots (slot ).
信令发送模块 130, 用于向 UE发送信令生成模块 120生成的控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传 输。 The signaling sending module 130 is configured to send the control signaling generated by the signaling generating module 120 to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
目标设备将控制信令发送给 UE之后, UE即可根据控制信令中的指示信 息确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the target device sends the control signaling to the UE, the UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信装置, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 请参考图 2, 其示出了本发明再一实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架 图。 该设备通信装置可以用于目标设备中, 本实施例以目标设备是蜂窝网络中 的 eNB为例进行说明, 该 eNB可以是微基站或小基站或宏基站, 通常上述不 同类型的基站发射功率和覆盖范围不同。 设备通信装置包括: 资源分配模块 110、 信令生成模块 120和信令发送模块 130; To sum up, the device communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generates a control corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode. Please refer to FIG. 2, which shows a structural framework diagram of a device communication device provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The device communication device can be used in the target device. In this embodiment, the target device is an eNB in a cellular network as an example. The eNB can be a micro base station, a small base station, or a macro base station. Usually, the different types of base station transmit power and Coverage varies. The device communication device includes: a resource allocation module 110, a signaling generation module 120 and a signaling sending module 130;
资源分配模块 110, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频 谱; The resource allocation module 110 is configured to allocate an unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is available. The first wireless resource of the licensed spectrum, the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
本实施例中, eNB需要分别为至少两个 UE中的每一个 UE配置载波。 具 体地, eNB可以将 PCell配置在授权频语的频段, SCell配置在非授权频谱的频 段, 并将各个小区的载波配置信息发送给 UE。 In this embodiment, the eNB needs to configure a carrier for each of at least two UEs. Specifically, the eNB can configure the PCell in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, configure the SCell in the frequency band of the unlicensed spectrum, and send the carrier configuration information of each cell to the UE.
在载波配置完成后, eNB需要确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及至少 两个 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。以至少两个 UE分别是第 一 UE和第二 UE为例进行说明, 则 eNB可以分别向第一 UE和第二 UE下发 测量配置, 测量配置可以和配置载波使用同一个消息或者不同的消息发送给第 一 UE和第二 UE。第一 UE和第二 UE根据测量配置分别将测量得到的测量结 果发送给 eNB , eNB根据测量结果确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及至少 两个 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 After the carrier configuration is completed, the eNB needs to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode for data transmission. Taking at least two UEs as the first UE and the second UE as an example, the eNB can send the measurement configuration to the first UE and the second UE respectively, and the measurement configuration can use the same message or a different message from the configured carrier sent to the first UE and the second UE. The first UE and the second UE respectively send the measurement results obtained from the measurement to the eNB according to the measurement configuration, and the eNB determines whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode for data transmission according to the measurement results.
具体地, 以 eNB向第一 UE发送测量配置为例进行说明, 则该测量配置指 示第一 UE对 SCell所在的非授权频谱进行频谱感知或频语检测, 第一 UE通 过物理层能量检测 (Energy Sensing 或 Energy Detection ) 或匹配滤波检测 ( Matched Filter Detection )或十办方差 巨阵检测 ( Co variance Matrix Detection ) 或循环平稳、特征检测 ( Cyclostationary Feature Detection )或基于特征值的频谱 感知 ( Eigenvalue Based Spectrum Sensing )或 RSSI ( Received Signal Strength Indication,接收信号强度指示)或干扰测量 ( Interference Measurement )或 SNR ( Signal To Noise Rate,信噪比)测量或 SINR( Signal To Interference Noise Rate, 信干噪比)测量或 ROT ( Rise Over Thermal, 热噪声攀升)测量等技术检测非 授权频谱的可用状态, 并将检测结果添加到测量报告中发送给 eNB。 eNB根据 测量结果确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态。 下文中对非授权频谱进行频谱感 知或频语检测的方法与本实施例中相同, 下文中不作赘述。 Specifically, the eNB sends the measurement configuration to the first UE as an example for illustration, then the measurement configuration instructs the first UE to perform spectrum sensing or spectrum detection on the unlicensed spectrum where the SCell is located, and the first UE detects through the physical layer energy (Energy Sensing or Energy Detection) or Matched Filter Detection (Matched Filter Detection) or Covariance Matrix Detection (Covariance Matrix Detection) or Cyclostationary, Feature Detection (Cyclostationary Feature Detection) or Eigenvalue Based Spectrum Sensing ) or RSSI (Received Signal Strength Indication, received signal strength indication) or interference measurement (Interference Measurement) or SNR (Signal To Noise Rate, signal-to-noise ratio) measurement or SINR (Signal To Interference Noise Rate, signal-to-interference-noise ratio) measurement or Techniques such as ROT (Rise Over Thermal) measurement detect the availability status of the unlicensed spectrum, and add the detection result to the measurement report and send it to the eNB. The eNB determines whether the unlicensed spectrum is available according to the measurement results. The method for performing spectrum sensing or frequency language detection on the unlicensed spectrum in the following is the same as that in this embodiment, and will not be described in detail below.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或 UE与 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线接入 系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB And/or the UE is far away or the power is low, etc., the unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between the eNB and the UE or between the UE and the UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
另外,测量配置还可以包括第一 UE的通信标识、 同步标识和发现信号等, 以便第一 UE在接收到同步标识时发送发现信号和通信标识, 第二 UE在接收 到测量配置包括的同步标识时接收第一 UE发送的发现信号和通信标识, 并根 据同步信号和 /或发现信号测量 RSRP ( Reference Signal Received Power, 参考 信号接收功率)或 CQI ( Channel Quality Indication, 信道质量指示)或路损 ( Pathloss )等, 将第一 UE的通信标识以及测量得到的其他数据添加到测量报 告中发送给 eNB , eNB在明确第一 UE和第二 UE之间的距离较近且信号质量 较好时,确定第一 UE和第二 UE之间可以在非授权频谱的无线资源上采用 D2D 通信模式传输数据。 In addition, the measurement configuration may also include the communication identifier, synchronization identifier, and discovery signal of the first UE, so that the first UE sends the discovery signal and the communication identifier when receiving the synchronization identifier, and the second UE receives the synchronization identifier. When the synchronization identifier included in the measurement configuration is received, the discovery signal and the communication identifier sent by the first UE are received, and RSRP (Reference Signal Received Power, reference signal received power) or CQI (Channel Quality Indication, channel) is measured according to the synchronization signal and/or the discovery signal Quality indication) or path loss (Pathloss), etc., add the communication identifier of the first UE and other data obtained by measurement to the measurement report and send it to the eNB, and the eNB will determine that the distance between the first UE and the second UE is relatively short and When the signal quality is good, it is determined that the D2D communication mode can be used to transmit data between the first UE and the second UE on radio resources of the unlicensed spectrum.
eNB在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态且至少两个 UE之间可以采用 D2D 通信模式传输数据后, 即可为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 比如, 频 率区域是 5170-5190MHZ 的非授权频谱处于可用状态, 则 eNB 可以在 5170-5190MHz中选取出 5170-5175MHz频率区域的 PRB用于采用 D2D通信 模式实现数据传输, 再在 5170-5175MHZ 频率区域的 PRB 中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源; 或, eNB可 以直接在 5170-5190MHZ中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE 使用的第一无线资源, 用于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不 同的 D2D通信的 UE可以选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB,本实施 一无线资源的分配方式, 也不限定 D2D通信使用小区的 After determining that the unlicensed spectrum is available and at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data, the eNB can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE. For example, if the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region 5170-5190MHZ is available, the eNB can select a PRB in the 5170-5175MHz frequency region from the 5170-5190MHz for data transmission in the D2D communication mode, and then in the 5170-5175MHZ frequency region Select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the PRBs as the first radio resource for the UE; or, the eNB may directly select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the 5170-5190MHZ as the first radio resource for the UE. The frequency resources used for D2D communication may also be discontinuous. For different D2D communication UEs, PRBs in different frequency regions of 5170-5190MHz can be selected. This implementation of a radio resource allocation method does not limit the use of cells for D2D communication. of
信令生成模块 120, 用于根据资源分配模 110块分配的第一无线资源生成 与 UE对应的控制信令,该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; 为了使 UE明确为 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, eNB需要获取 第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到与 UE对应的控制信令中发送 给 UE。 其中, 指示信息用于指示 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或 接收数据。 The signaling generation module 120 is configured to generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the first radio resource allocated by the resource allocation module 110, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; For the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated by the UE, the eNB needs to obtain indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling corresponding to the UE and send it to the UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot the UE sends or receives data from which frequency region.
由于采用 D2D通信模式传输数据时, UE在同一时刻只能执行接收操作或 发送操作, 因此, eNB还需要在控制信令中指示 UE的操作类型。 比如, 当第 一 UE发送数据、 第二 UE接收数据时, 与第一 UE对应的控制信令用于指示 第一 UE在某一个时隙从某一个频率区域发送数据, 与第二 UE对应的控制信 令用于指示第二 UE某一个时隙从某一个频率区域接收数据。 或者预先配置第 一 UE在第一类时隙发送数据, 第二 UE在第一类时隙接收数据, 以及第一 UE 在第二类时隙接收数据, 第二 UE在第二类时隙发送数据, 其中第一类时隙和 第二类时隙不同, 它们共同组成全部时隙或部分时隙, 则第一 UE和第二 UE 根据所预先配置的时隙位置发送和接收数据, 就不用 eNB 通过控制信令指示 UE的操作类型。 Since when data is transmitted in the D2D communication mode, the UE can only perform a receiving operation or a sending operation at the same time, therefore, the eNB also needs to indicate the operation type of the UE in the control signaling. For example, when the first UE sends data and the second UE receives data, the control signaling corresponding to the first UE is used to instruct the first UE to send data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot, and the control signaling corresponding to the second UE The control signaling is used to instruct the second UE to receive data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot. Or pre-configure the first UE to send data in the first type of time slot, the second UE to receive data in the first type of time slot, and the first UE to receive data in the second type of time slot, and the second UE to send data in the second type of time slot data, where the first class of slots and The second type of time slots are different, they together form all time slots or part of time slots, then the first UE and the second UE send and receive data according to the pre-configured time slot positions, and the eNB does not need to instruct the operation of the UE through control signaling type.
信令发送模块 130, 用于向 UE发送信令生成模块 120生成的控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传 输。 The signaling sending module 130 is configured to send the control signaling generated by the signaling generating module 120 to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
eNB将控制信令发送给 UE之后, UE即可根据控制信令中的指示信息确 定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the eNB sends the control signaling to the UE, the UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
可选的, 信令发送模块 130, 包括: Optionally, the signaling sending module 130 includes:
第一发送单元 131 , 用于通过 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源 向 UE发送控制信令; 或, The first sending unit 131 is configured to send control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or,
为了保证 UE能够正确接收到控制信令, 以提高传输控制信令的可靠性, eNB可以配置授权频谱的第二无线资源用于发送控制信令。 本实施例中, 由于 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段,因此, eNB可以通过 PCell上的 PDCCH( Physical Downlink Control Channel, 物理下行链路控制信道)或 EPDCCH ( Enhanced PDCCH, 增强的物理下行链路控制信道)向 UE发送控制信令。 当第二无线资 源用于 PDCCH时, 第二无线资源在时域上包含发送 PDCCH所在子帧的第一 至第二或第一至第三 OFDM ( Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, 正 交频分复用)符号 (symbol ) 的控制域位置, 在频域上可以占用 PCell所在频 率范围的一部分, 由 PDCCH信令本身所需资源量如 PDCCH格式、 资源分配 信息等因素确定。 当第二无线资源用于 EPDCCH时, 资源的频率范围由 RRC ( Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)信令预先配置,在时域上占用 PDCCH 控制域之外的 PDSCH ( Physical Downlink Shared Channel, 物理下行链路共享 信道)数据区域的 OFDM符号位置, 在频域上和 PDSCH上的用户数据采用 FDM ( Frequency Division Multiplexing, 频分复用 )方式进行复用, 具体占用 的资源量由 EPDCCH的格式和资源分配信息等因素确定。 下文中对第二无线 资源的确定和使用方式与本实施例中对第二无线资源的确定和使用方式相同, 下文中不作赘述。 In order to ensure that the UE can correctly receive the control signaling, so as to improve the reliability of transmitting the control signaling, the eNB may configure the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum for sending the control signaling. In this embodiment, since the PCell is configured in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, the eNB can use the PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, Physical Downlink Control Channel) or EPDCCH (Enhanced PDCCH, Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel) on the PCell ) to send control signaling to the UE. When the second radio resource is used for the PDCCH, the second radio resource includes the first to second or first to third OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) of the subframe where the PDCCH is sent in the time domain The position of the control domain of a symbol (symbol) may occupy a part of the frequency range where the PCell is located in the frequency domain, and is determined by the amount of resources required by the PDCCH signaling itself, such as PDCCH format, resource allocation information and other factors. When the second radio resource is used for the EPDCCH, the frequency range of the resource is pre-configured by RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) signaling, and occupies a PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel, physical downlink) outside the PDCCH control domain in the time domain The OFDM symbol position of the link shared channel) data area, the user data on the frequency domain and on the PDSCH are multiplexed in the FDM (Frequency Division Multiplexing, Frequency Division Multiplexing) mode, and the specific amount of resources occupied is determined by the format and resources of the EPDCCH Factors such as allocation information are determined. The manner of determining and using the second wireless resource in the following is the same as the manner of determining and using the second wireless resource in this embodiment, and will not be described in detail below.
第二发送单元 132, 用于通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向 UE发送控制 信令, 第三无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 控制信令指示信息 是 eNB在 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 为了进一步避免或减少 UE对第二无线资源的占用, 以节省授权频谱上的 资源, eNB还可以在检测到非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 通过为 UE分配的第 三无线资源向 UE发送与 UE对应的控制信令。 此时, 为了使 UE明确在哪一 个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, eNB还需要预先在授权频谱的第二无 线资源上向 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 该控制信令指示信息用于指示 UE在 哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令; 或, eNB可以对 UE接收控制信 令的时隙和资源进行预先配置, UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个 频率区域接收控制信令。 其中, 第一无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输数据, 第三无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输控制信令。 第三无线资源可用于 PDCCH或 EPDCCH, 资源的占用方式同第二无线资源, 只是第三无线资源位 于 SCell所在频率范围的一部分。 下文中对第三无线资源的确定和使用方式与 本实施例中对第三无线资源的确定和使用方式相同, 下文中不作赘述。 The second sending unit 132 is configured to send control signaling to the UE through a third radio resource of an unlicensed spectrum, the third radio resource is determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indication information is eNB in eNB for UE and send on the configured second radio resource of the licensed frequency spectrum. In order to further avoid or reduce the occupation of the second radio resource by the UE, so as to save resources on the licensed spectrum, the eNB may also send a message to the UE through the third radio resource allocated to the UE when it detects that the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state. Corresponding control signaling. At this time, in order for the UE to clearly receive the control signaling from which frequency region in which time slot, the eNB also needs to send control signaling indication information to the UE in advance on the second radio resource of the licensed frequency spectrum. The control signaling indication information It is used to indicate in which time slot the UE receives the control signaling from which frequency region; or, the eNB can pre-configure the time slot and resources for the UE to receive the control signaling, and the UE determines which time slot to use from which frequency region according to the pre-configuration. One frequency region receives control signaling. Wherein, the first wireless resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum, and the third wireless resource is used to transmit control signaling on the unlicensed spectrum. The third radio resource can be used for PDCCH or EPDCCH, and the resource occupation mode is the same as that of the second radio resource, except that the third radio resource is located in a part of the frequency range where the SCell is located. The manner of determining and using the third radio resource in the following is the same as the manner of determining and using the third radio resource in this embodiment, and will not be described in detail below.
可选的, 第二发送单元 132, 包括: Optionally, the second sending unit 132 includes:
第一发送子单元 1321 , 用于当目标设备是 eNB时, 通过第二无线资源向 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 再通过控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源上接收 控制信令。 The first sending subunit 1321 is configured to, when the target device is an eNB, send control signaling indication information to the UE through the second radio resource, and then send control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, So that the UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information.
具体地, eNB可以预先在非授权频谱上为至少两个 UE分配发送控制信令 的第三无线资源, 并将用于指示该第三无线资源的指示信息添加到控制信令指 示信息中, 通过第二无线资源分别向每一个 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 再在 第三无线资源上分别向每一个 UE发送与该 UE对应的控制信令, UE根据接收 到的控制信令指示信息确定接收控制信令的第三无线资源, 并在确定的第三无 线资源上接收控制信令。 Specifically, the eNB may pre-allocate a third radio resource for sending control signaling to at least two UEs on the unlicensed spectrum, and add the indication information used to indicate the third radio resource to the control signaling indication information, by The second radio resource sends control signaling indication information to each UE, and then sends control signaling corresponding to the UE to each UE on the third radio resource, and the UE determines to receive the UE according to the received control signaling indication information. Control the third radio resource for the signaling, and receive the control signaling on the determined third radio resource.
可选的, 装置还包括: Optionally, the device also includes:
信号检测模块, 用于每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量; 第一通信模块, 用于在信号检测模块检测的结果为非授权频谱的信号质量 满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输; The signal detection module is configured to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals; the first communication module is configured to instruct the UE to use D2D communication when the signal detection result of the signal detection module is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset condition mode for data transmission;
第二通信模块, 用于在信号检测模块检测的结果为非授权频谱的信号质量 不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小区通信模式实现数据传输, 小区通信模式 是指 UE通过 eNB进行数据传输。 The second communication module is used to instruct the UE to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission when the signal detection result of the signal detection module is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition. The cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
由于 UE能否在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传输数据不仅依赖于非 授权频谱资源是否处于可用状态, 还依赖于非授权频谱的信号质量, 因此, 为 了避免非授权频谱的信号质量较差导致 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, eNB 可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量或每隔预定时间指示 UE检测非 授权频谱的信号质量。 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则 eNB确定继续采用 D2D通信模式传输数据; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号 质量不满足预设条件, 则 eNB确定采用小区通信模式传输数据, 即第一 UE通 过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再通过第二无线资源将接收到的数据 转发给第二 UE; 或者第一 UE通过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再 进一步把数据发送到核心网和应用服务器, 由应用服务器和核心网再通过 eNB 或其他 eNB转发给第二 UE, 以实现 UE之间的数据传输。 Since whether the UE can transmit data in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource not only depends on the non- Whether the licensed spectrum resource is available also depends on the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum. Therefore, in order to avoid the problem that the communication efficiency between UEs is not high due to the poor signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum, the eNB can detect the unlicensed The signal quality of the licensed spectrum or instructing the UE to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time. If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, the eNB determines to continue to use the D2D communication mode to transmit data; if the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, the eNB determines to use the cell communication mode Data, that is, the first UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB forwards the received data to the second UE through the second radio resource; or the first UE sends the data to the eNB through the second radio resource, The eNB further sends the data to the core network and the application server, and the application server and the core network forward the data to the second UE through the eNB or other eNBs, so as to realize data transmission between UEs.
需要补充说明的是, UE之间在采用小区通信模式进行数据传输时, eNB 还可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量,在检测结果为非授权频谱的 信号质量满足预设条件时,指示 UE采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输;在检测 结果为非授权频谱的信号指令不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE继续采用小区通信 模式实现数据传输。 It should be added that when UEs use the cell communication mode for data transmission, the eNB can also detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals, and when the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, Instructing the UE to implement data transmission using the D2D communication mode; instructing the UE to continue using the cell communication mode to implement data transmission when the detection result shows that the signal instruction of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions.
其中, 预设条件可以包括: 非授权频谱的不可用时长小于或等于第一阈值 和非授权频谱的无线条件低于门限值的时长小于或等于第二阈值中的至少一 种。 当然, 还可以对预设条件进行修改, 本实施例不对预设条件进行限定。 Wherein, the preset condition may include at least one of: the unlicensed spectrum unavailable duration is less than or equal to the first threshold and the duration of the unlicensed spectrum wireless condition lower than the threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold. Of course, the preset conditions may also be modified, and this embodiment does not limit the preset conditions.
可选的, 资源分配模块 110, 包括: Optionally, the resource allocation module 110 includes:
第一分配单元 111 ,用于若目标设备是 eNB且 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提 供服务的 UE, 则确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将所确定的非授权频谱中 选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 The first allocating unit 111 is configured to determine an available unlicensed spectrum if the target device is an eNB and there is no UE served by other eNBs in the UE, and select an unlicensed spectrum selected from the determined unlicensed spectrum The first radio resource of is used as the allocated first radio resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE均由 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB可以直接为该至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 具体地, eNB 可以确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 比如, eNB 确定频率区域是 5170-5190MHz的非授权频谱处于可用状态; eNB将所确定的非授权频谱中选 取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源, 比如, eNB 在 5170-5190MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第 一无线资源。 If at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission are served by the eNB, the eNB may directly allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the at least two UEs. Specifically, the eNB may determine the unlicensed spectrum that is in an available state. For example, the eNB determines that the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region of 5170-5190 MHz is in an available state; The radio resource is used as the allocated first radio resource. For example, the eNB selects a PRB in the frequency region of 5170-5172 MHz from 5170-5190 MHz as the first radio resource used by the UE.
可选的, 资源分配模块 110, 包括: Optionally, the resource allocation module 110 includes:
第三分配单元 113 , 用于若目标设备是 eNB且 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE, 则与其他 eNB进行分配协商, 将协商得到的 eNB和其 他 eNB共同占用的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 The third allocating unit 113 is configured to if the target device is an eNB and there is at least one of UEs that is assigned by other The UE, which is served by the eNB, conducts allocation negotiation with other eNBs, and uses the negotiated first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum jointly occupied by the eNB and other eNBs as the allocated first radio resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE中存在至少一个 UE由 其他 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB在分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源时, 还需要与 该其他 eNB进行协商。其中,作为目标设备的 eNB指为 UE提供 PCell和非授 权频谱上 SCell的 eNB, 其他 eNB指至少使用非授权频谱的其他 eNB, eNB 和其他 eNB可以相邻且提供不同的小区, 比如, 第一 eNB和第二 eNB; 或, eNB和其他 eNB可以提供基站间载波聚合的小区, 比如, 主 eNB和辅 eNB。 If at least one of the at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by another eNB, the eNB also needs to negotiate with the other eNB when allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum. Among them, the eNB serving as the target device refers to the eNB that provides PCell and SCell on the unlicensed spectrum for the UE, and other eNBs refer to other eNBs that use at least unlicensed spectrum. The eNB and other eNBs can be adjacent and provide different cells. For example, the first The eNB and the second eNB; or, the eNB and other eNBs may provide a cell for inter-eNB carrier aggregation, for example, the primary eNB and the secondary eNB.
具体地, eNB通过诸如 X2接口之类的基站之间的接口将自身可以占用的 无线资源的信息添加到协商信息中发送给其他 eNB, 其他 eNB在协商信息所 指示的无线资源中确定该其他 eNB 可以占用的无线资源, 并将确定的无线资 源作为第一无线资源, 其他 eNB再将确定的第一无线资源通知给 eNB。 Specifically, the eNB adds the information of the wireless resources that it can occupy to the negotiation information through an interface between base stations such as the X2 interface and sends it to other eNBs, and the other eNBs determine the wireless resources of the other eNBs in the wireless resources indicated by the negotiation information. The radio resource may be occupied, and the determined radio resource is used as the first radio resource, and the other eNB notifies the eNB of the determined first radio resource.
假设 eNB向第一 UE提供服务, 其他 eNB向第二 UE提供服务, 则 eNB 根据确定的第三无线资源向第一 UE发送控制信令, 同时, 其他 eNB根据确定 的第三无线资源向第二 UE发送控制信令, 第一 UE和第二 UE在接收到控制 信令之后在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 Assuming that the eNB provides services to the first UE, and other eNBs provide services to the second UE, the eNB sends control signaling to the first UE according to the determined third radio resources, and at the same time, other eNBs send control signaling to the second UE according to the determined third radio resources. The UE sends the control signaling, and after receiving the control signaling, the first UE and the second UE perform data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource.
需要说明的是,采用 D2D通信模式传输数据的 UE应该处于相同的不连续 接收 DRX ( Discontinueous Reception )状态, 例如第一 UE和第二 UE均处于 活动时间 ( active time )期间才能够接收控制信令。 It should be noted that the UEs that transmit data in the D2D communication mode should be in the same discontinuous reception DRX (Discontinueous Reception) state, for example, the first UE and the second UE can only receive control signaling during active time (active time) .
可选的, 资源分配模块 110, 包括: Optionally, the resource allocation module 110 includes:
第五分配单元 115 , 用于对于每一次采用 D2D通信模式的数据传输, 动态 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, The fifth allocation unit 115 is configured to dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE for each data transmission using the D2D communication mode; or,
本实施例中, UE之间可以采用 HARQ ( Hybrid Automatic Retransmission Request, 混合自动重传 )技术进行数据传输, 则 eNB可以在每一次 HARQ新 传输时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 分配方式如上所 述, 此处不赞述。 In this embodiment, the HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Retransmission Request, hybrid automatic retransmission) technology can be used for data transmission between UEs, and the eNB can dynamically allocate the first part of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs at each new HARQ transmission. The wireless resources are allocated in the above manner, which is not discussed here.
对于数据的 HARQ反馈可以通过非授权频谱的第五无线资源或授权频谱 的第六无线资源进行反馈, 第五无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输 HARQ反 馈, 第六无线资源用于在授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈。 比如, 使用 PCell的 PUCCH ( Physical Uplink Control Channel, 物理上行链路控制信道 )或 PUSCH ( Physical Uplink Shared Channel, 物理上行链路共享信道)进行反馈或 SCell 上的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈, 本实施例不作限定。 The HARQ feedback for data can be fed back through the fifth radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum or the sixth radio resource of the licensed spectrum, the fifth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the unlicensed spectrum, and the sixth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the licensed spectrum Uplink transmits HARQ feedback. For example, use PCell's PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel, Physical Uplink Control Channel) or PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) for feedback or SCell Feedback is performed on the PUCCH or PUSCH on the network, which is not limited in this embodiment.
当 HARQ反馈指示某一次的新传输数据丟失了,则需要进行 HARQ重传。 eNB可以在每一次 HARQ重传时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无 线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述; 或, eNB可以在每一次 HARQ重 传时使用上一次 HARQ重传或 HARQ新传输时分配的第一无线资源。 When the HARQ feedback indicates that a certain new transmission data is lost, HARQ retransmission is required. The eNB can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum for at least two UEs at each HARQ retransmission, the allocation method is as described above, and will not be described here; or, the eNB can use the last time at each HARQ retransmission The first radio resource allocated during HARQ retransmission or HARQ new transmission.
第六分配单元 116, 用于根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 半静态分配策略是每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时 对非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 The sixth allocating unit 116 is configured to allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy. Resource allocation strategy.
本实施例中, eNB可以在每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时根据预先配置 的半静态分配策略为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 无需对每 一次的 HARQ新传输动态分配第一无线资源。 其中, 根据半静态分配策略分 配第一无线资源的分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 In this embodiment, the eNB can allocate the first radio resources of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy each time the unlicensed spectrum is available, without dynamically allocating each new HARQ transmission A first wireless resource. Wherein, the allocation manner of allocating the first wireless resource according to the semi-static allocation policy is as described above, and will not be repeated here.
具体地, eNB可以通过 RRC信令分别为每一个 UE配置第一无线资源的 周期, 再通过 PDCCH或 EPDCCH分别向每一个 UE发送半静态分配策略。 由 于 SCell上的数据传输仅在非授权频谱处于可用状态才进行, 因此, 周期仅仅 在非授权频谱处于可用状态时生效。 Specifically, the eNB may respectively configure the period of the first radio resource for each UE through RRC signaling, and then send a semi-static allocation strategy to each UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH. Since the data transmission on the SCell is only performed when the unlicensed spectrum is available, the cycle only takes effect when the unlicensed spectrum is available.
需要补充说明的是, 若采用 D2D 通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE 中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 且 eNB动态分配第一无线资源或 eNB根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 则控制信令需要在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 且 eNB和其他 eNB分别使用第三无线资 源给 UE发送控制信令时所在的时隙相同, 频率可以不同, 以便每一个 UE在 接收到控制信令后, 根据控制信令确定的时隙从第一无线资源上传输数据。 若 采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务且 eNB根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源,由于 UE是根据 非授权频谱的可用时间确定数据传输的时隙的, 而不是控制信令, 因此, 控制 信令可以在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 也可以不在 eNB 和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送。 比如, eNB和其他 eNB可以在不 同无线帧的同一个子帧位置各自向第一 UE和第二 UE发送控制信令, 从而采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据的第一 UE和第二 UE在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用 第一无线资源时可以使用第一无线资源进行数据传输。对于控制信令的上述两 种发送方式本实施例不作限定。 综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信装置, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 It should be added that if at least one of the at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by another eNB, and the eNB dynamically allocates the first radio resource or the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to a semi-static allocation strategy , the control signaling needs to be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, and the eNB and other eNBs respectively use the third radio resource to send the control signaling to the UE in the same time slot, and the frequency can be different, so that each After receiving the control signaling, a UE transmits data on the first radio resource according to the time slot determined by the control signaling. If at least one of the at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by another eNB and the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy, since the UE determines the data transmission according to the available time of the unlicensed spectrum The time slot is not the control signaling. Therefore, the control signaling may be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, or may not be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource. For example, the eNB and other eNBs can respectively send control signaling to the first UE and the second UE at the same subframe position in different radio frames, so that the first UE and the second UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data are connected between the eNB and other eNBs. When the first wireless resource is jointly occupied, the first wireless resource may be used for data transmission. This embodiment does not limit the above two transmission modes of the control signaling. To sum up, the device communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generates a control corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode.
另外, 通过在非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 使得 UE在不能直接将数据发送给其他 UE时, 可 以将数据发送给 eNB, 由 eNB将接收到的数据转发给其他 UE, 实现了 UE之 间的数据传输。 请参考图 3 , 其示出了本发明再一实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架 图。 该设备通信装置可以用于主 UE中, 则实施例中未声明是主 UE的 UE都 是从 UE,且主 UE与从 UE可以通过动态指定或通过半静态分配策略指定。设 备通信装置包括: 资源分配模块 110、 信令生成模块 120和信令发送模块 130; In addition, when the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, so that when the UE cannot directly send data to other UEs, the data can be sent to the eNB, and the eNB will send the data to the eNB. The received data is forwarded to other UEs, realizing data transmission between UEs. Please refer to FIG. 3, which shows a structural framework diagram of a device communication device provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The device communication device can be used in the master UE, and the UEs that are not declared to be the master UE in the embodiment are all slave UEs, and the master UE and the slave UE can be specified dynamically or through a semi-static allocation strategy. The device communication device includes: a resource allocation module 110, a signaling generation module 120 and a signaling sending module 130;
资源分配模块 110, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频 谱; The resource allocation module 110 is configured to allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is available, and the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
本实施例中, eNB需要分别为主 UE和至少一个从 UE中的每一个从 UE 配置载波。 具体地, eNB可以将 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段, SCell配置在非 授权频谱的频段, 并将各个小区的载波配置信息发送给主 UE 和至少一个从 UE。 In this embodiment, the eNB needs to configure a carrier for the master UE and each of the at least one slave UE respectively. Specifically, the eNB may configure the PCell in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, configure the SCell in the frequency band of the unlicensed spectrum, and send the carrier configuration information of each cell to the master UE and at least one slave UE.
在载波配置完成后, eNB 需要确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 以主 UE和 从 UE为例进行说明, 则 eNB可以分别向主 UE和从 UE下发测量配置, 测量 配置可以和配置载波使用同一个消息或者不同的消息发送给主 UE和从 UE。 主 UE和从 UE根据测量配置分别将测量得到的测量结果发送给 eNB, eNB根 据测量结果确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及主 UE和从 UE之间能否采 用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 After the carrier configuration is completed, the eNB needs to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether the D2D communication mode can be used for data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE. Taking the master UE and the slave UE as an example for illustration, the eNB can send the measurement configuration to the master UE and the slave UE respectively, and the measurement configuration and the configured carrier can be sent to the master UE and the slave UE using the same message or a different message. According to the measurement configuration, the master UE and the slave UE send the measured measurement results to the eNB, and the eNB determines whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether the communication between the master UE and the slave UE can be carried out according to the measurement results. Use D2D communication mode for data transmission.
具体地, 以 eNB向主 UE发送测量配置为例进行说明, 则该测量配置指示 主 UE对 SCell所在的非授权频谱进行频谱感知或频语检测, 并将检测结果添 加到测量报告中发送给 eNB。 eNB根据测量结果确定非授权频谱是否处于可用 状态。 Specifically, take the eNB sending the measurement configuration to the main UE as an example for illustration, then the measurement configuration instructs the main UE to perform spectrum sensing or spectrum detection on the unlicensed spectrum where the SCell is located, and add the detection result to the measurement report and send it to the eNB . The eNB determines whether the unlicensed spectrum is available according to the measurement results.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或主 UE与从 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线 接入系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB And/or the UE is far away or the power is low, etc., the unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between the eNB and the UE or between the master UE and the slave UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
另外, 测量配置还可以包括主 UE的通信标识、 同步标识和发现信号等, 以便主 UE在接收到同步标识时发送发现信号和通信标识, 从 UE在接收到测 量配置包括的同步标识时接收主 UE发送的发现信号和通信标识, 并根据同步 信号和 /或发现信号测量 RSRP或 CQI或路损等,将主 UE的通信标识以及测量 得到的其他数据添加到测量报告中发送给 eNB , eNB在明确主 UE和从 UE之 间的距离较近且信号质量较好时, 确定主 UE和从 UE之间可以在非授权频谱 的无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传输数据。 In addition, the measurement configuration may also include the communication identifier, synchronization identifier, and discovery signal of the master UE, so that the master UE sends the discovery signal and the communication identifier when receiving the synchronization identifier, and the slave UE receives the master UE when receiving the synchronization identifier included in the measurement configuration. The discovery signal and communication identification sent by the UE, and measure RSRP or CQI or path loss according to the synchronization signal and/or discovery signal, add the communication identification of the primary UE and other data obtained by measurement to the measurement report and send it to the eNB, and the eNB will When it is clear that the distance between the master UE and the slave UE is relatively short and the signal quality is good, it is determined that the master UE and the slave UE can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data on wireless resources of the unlicensed spectrum.
主 UE在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态且主 UE和从 UE之间可以采用 D2D通信模式传输数据后, 即可为从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 After the master UE determines that the unlicensed spectrum is available and the D2D communication mode can be used to transmit data between the master UE and the slave UE, it can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the slave UE.
信令生成模块 120, 用于根据资源分配模 110块分配的第一无线资源生成 与 UE对应的控制信令,该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; 为了使从 UE明确为从 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 主 UE需 要获取第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到与从 UE对应的控制信 令中发送给从 UE。 其中, 指示信息用于指示从 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频 率区域发送或接收数据。 本发明中时隙指传输时间间隔 ΤΉ, 即一个调度时间 单位, 在 LTE中 1个 ΤΉ对应于一个子帧, 占用 lms的时间, 包括两个时槽。 The signaling generation module 120 is configured to generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the first radio resource allocated by the resource allocation module 110, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; in order to make it clear from the UE For the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated by the slave UE, the master UE needs to obtain indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE and send it to the slave UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot and from which frequency region the UE sends or receives data. In the present invention, a time slot refers to a transmission time interval ΤΉ, that is, a scheduling time unit. In LTE, 1 ΤΉ corresponds to a subframe, occupies 1 ms of time, and includes two time slots.
由于采用 D2D通信模式传输数据时,从 UE在同一时刻只能执行接收操作 或发送操作, 因此, 主 UE还需要在控制信令中指示从 UE的操作类型。 比如, 当主 UE发送数据、 从 UE接收数据时, 与从 UE对应的控制信令用于指示从 UE某一个时隙从某一个频率区域接收数据。 或者预先配置主 UE在第一类时 隙发送数据, 从 UE在第一类时隙接收数据, 以及主 UE在第二类时隙接收数 据, 从 UE在第二类时隙发送数据, 其中第一类时隙和第二类时隙不同, 它们 共同组成全部时隙或部分时隙, 则主 UE和从 UE根据所预先配置的时隙位置 发送和接收数据, 就不用主 UE通过控制信令指示从 UE的操作类型。 Since the slave UE can only perform a receiving operation or a sending operation at the same time when data is transmitted in the D2D communication mode, the master UE also needs to indicate the operation type of the slave UE in the control signaling. For example, when the master UE sends data and receives data from the slave UE, the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE is used to instruct the slave UE to receive data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot. Or pre-configure the master UE to send data in the first type of time slot, the slave UE to receive data in the first type of time slot, and the master UE to receive data in the second type of time slot According to the data, the slave UE sends data in the second type of time slot, wherein the first type of time slot and the second type of time slot are different, and they together form all or part of the time slots, then the master UE and the slave UE transmit data according to the preconfigured time slots. To send and receive data at the slot position, the master UE does not need to indicate the operation type of the slave UE through control signaling.
信令发送模块 130, 用于向 UE发送信令生成模块 120生成的控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传 输。 The signaling sending module 130 is configured to send the control signaling generated by the signaling generating module 120 to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
主 UE将控制信令发送给从 UE之后, 从 UE即可根据控制信令中的指示 信息确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the master UE sends the control signaling to the slave UE, the slave UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
可选的, 信令发送模块 130, 包括: Optionally, the signaling sending module 130 includes:
第一发送单元 131 , 用于通过 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源 向 UE发送控制信令; 或, The first sending unit 131 is configured to send control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or,
为了保证从 UE能够正确接收到控制信令,以提高传输控制信令的可靠性, 主 UE可以通过授权频谱的第二无线资源向从 UE发送控制信令。本实施例中, 由于 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段, 因此, 主 UE可以通过 PCell上的 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH或 PUCCH向从 UE发送控制信令。 In order to ensure that the slave UE can correctly receive the control signaling, so as to improve the reliability of transmitting the control signaling, the master UE can send the control signaling to the slave UE through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum. In this embodiment, since the PCell is configured in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, the master UE can send control signaling to the slave UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH or PUCCH on the PCell.
第二发送单元 132, 用于通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向 UE发送控制 信令, 第三无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 控制信令指示信息 是 eNB在 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 The second sending unit 132 is configured to send control signaling to the UE through a third radio resource of an unlicensed spectrum, the third radio resource is determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indication information is eNB in eNB for UE and send on the configured second radio resource of the licensed frequency spectrum.
为了进一步避免或减少主 UE对第二无线资源的占用, 以节省授权频谱上 的资源, 主 UE还可以在检测到非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 通过为从 UE分 配的第三无线资源向从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令。此时, 为了使主 UE 明确在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送控制信令以及从 UE明确在哪一个时 隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, eNB需要预先在授权频谱的第二无线资源 上向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 并在授权频谱的第二无线 资源上向从 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息用 于指示主 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, 与从 UE对应的 控制信令指示信息用于指示从 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信 令; 或, In order to further avoid or reduce the occupation of the second radio resource by the master UE, so as to save resources on the licensed spectrum, the master UE may also send a third radio resource allocated for the slave UE to the slave UE when it detects that the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state. The UE sends control signaling corresponding to the slave UE. At this time, in order for the master UE to specify which time slot to send the control signaling from which frequency region and the slave UE to specify which time slot to receive the control signaling from which frequency region, the eNB needs to pre-select the second slot of the licensed spectrum. Send control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE to the master UE on the radio resource, and send control signaling indication information to the slave UE on the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE is used for Indicating which time slot the master UE receives the control signaling from which frequency region, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE is used to indicate which time slot the slave UE receives control signaling from which frequency region; or,
eNB可以对主 UE发送控制信令的时隙和资源以及从 UE接收控制信令的 时隙和资源进行预先配置, 主 UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频 率区域发送控制信令, 从 UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区 域接收控制信令。 其中, 第一无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输数据, 第三无 线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输控制信令。 The eNB can pre-configure the time slots and resources for the main UE to send control signaling and the time slots and resources for receiving control signaling from the UE, and the main UE determines which time slot and which frequency region to send the control signaling according to the pre-configuration , the UE determines which frequency zone to use in which time slot according to pre-configuration The domain receives control signaling. Wherein, the first radio resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum, and the third radio resource is used to transmit control signaling on the unlicensed spectrum.
可选的, 第二发送单元 132, 包括: Optionally, the second sending unit 132 includes:
第二发送子单元 1322, 用于当目标设备是发送控制信令的主 UE时, 确定 接收控制信令的 UE是从 UE, 在第二无线资源上接收 eNB发送的控制信令指 示信息,再通过控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源向从 UE发送控制信令, 以便从 UE在控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 The second sending subunit 1322 is configured to, when the target device is the master UE sending the control signaling, determine that the UE receiving the control signaling is the slave UE, receive the control signaling indication information sent by the eNB on the second radio resource, and then Send the control signaling to the secondary UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the secondary UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information.
具体地, eNB可以预先在非授权频谱上为主 UE和至少一个从 UE分配发 送控制信令的第三无线资源, 并将用于指示该第三无线资源的指示信息分别添 加到与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息和与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息中, 通过第二无线资源向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息以及通过第 二无线资源向从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 主 UE在控制信 令指示信息所指示的第三无线资源上向每一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制 信令, 每一个从 UE根据接收到的控制信令指示信息确定接收控制信令的第三 无线资源, 并在确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 Specifically, the eNB may pre-allocate a third radio resource for sending control signaling to the master UE and at least one slave UE on the unlicensed spectrum, and add indication information for indicating the third radio resource to the Among the control signaling indication information and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE, the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE is sent to the master UE through the second radio resource, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE is sent to the slave UE through the second radio resource. The control signaling indication information corresponding to the UE, the master UE sends the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE to each slave UE on the third radio resource indicated by the control signaling indication information, and each slave UE transmits the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE according to the received control signal The command indication information determines a third radio resource for receiving the control signaling, and receives the control signaling on the determined third radio resource.
可选的, 装置还包括: Optionally, the device also includes:
信号检测模块, 用于每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量; A signal detection module, configured to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals;
第一通信模块, 用于在信号检测模块检测的结果为非授权频谱的信号质量 满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输; The first communication module is configured to instruct the UE to use the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission when the signal detection result of the signal detection module is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset condition;
第二通信模块, 用于在信号检测模块检测的结果为非授权频谱的信号质量 不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小区通信模式实现数据传输, 小区通信模式 是指 UE通过 eNB进行数据传输。 The second communication module is used to instruct the UE to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission when the signal detection result of the signal detection module is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition. The cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
由于主 UE和至少一个从 UE能否在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传 输数据不仅依赖于非授权频谱资源是否处于可用状态,还依赖于非授权频谱的 信号质量, 因此, 为了避免非授权频谱的信号质量较差导致主 UE和至少一个 从 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, eNB可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的 信号质量或每隔预定时间指示主 UE或从 UE检测非授权频谱的信号质量。 Since whether the master UE and at least one slave UE can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data on the first radio resource not only depends on whether the unlicensed spectrum resource is available, but also depends on the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum, therefore, in order to avoid unlicensed The poor signal quality of the spectrum leads to the problem that the communication efficiency between the master UE and at least one slave UE is not high. The eNB can detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time or instruct the master UE or the slave UE to detect the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time. Signal quality of licensed spectrum.
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则主 UE确定继续采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设 条件, 则主 UE确定采用小区通信模式传输数据, 即主 UE通过第二无线资源 将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再通过第二无线资源将接收到的数据转发给从 UE; 或者主 UE通过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再进一步把数据发送到 核心网和应用服务器, 由应用服务器和核心网再通过 eNB或其他 eNB转发给 从 UE, 以实现主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间的数据传输。 If the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, the main UE determines to continue to use the D2D communication mode to transmit data; if the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, the main UE determines to use cell communication Data transmission mode, that is, the master UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB forwards the received data to the slave UE through the second radio resource; Or the master UE sends the data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB further sends the data to the core network and the application server, and the application server and the core network forward the data to the slave UE through the eNB or other eNBs, so as to realize that the master UE and at least A data transfer between UEs.
需要补充说明的是, 主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间在采用小区通信模式进 行数据传输时, eNB或主 UE或从 UE还可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的 信号质量, 在检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件时, 指示主 UE 和至少一个从 UE采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输;在检测结果为非授权频谱 的信号指令不满足预设条件时, 指示主 UE和至少一个从 UE继续采用小区通 信模式实现数据传输。 It should be added that when the master UE and at least one slave UE are using the cell communication mode for data transmission, the eNB or the master UE or the slave UE can also detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals, and the detection result is When the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, instruct the master UE and at least one slave UE to use the D2D communication mode to realize data transmission; when the detection result is that the signal instruction of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, instruct the master UE and at least A slave UE continues to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission.
其中, 预设条件可以包括: 非授权频谱的不可用时长小于或等于第一阈值 和非授权频谱的无线条件低于门限值的时长小于或等于第二阈值中的至少一 种。 当然, 还可以对预设条件进行修改, 本实施例不对预设条件进行限定。 Wherein, the preset condition may include at least one of: the unlicensed spectrum unavailable duration is less than or equal to the first threshold and the duration of the unlicensed spectrum wireless condition lower than the threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold. Of course, the preset conditions may also be modified, and this embodiment does not limit the preset conditions.
可选的,若目标设备是主 UE且 D2D通信模式为广播或组播方式,则装置 还包括: Optionally, if the target device is the main UE and the D2D communication mode is broadcast or multicast, the device further includes:
数据传播模块 140, 用于信令发送模块 130向 UE发送控制信令之后, 通 过广播或组播方式在第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据; The data dissemination module 140 is configured to send data to at least one slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner after the signaling sending module 130 sends the control signaling to the UE;
数据发送模块 150, 用于若存在未接收到数据传播模块 140传播的数据的 从 UE, 则在授权频谱的第二无线资源上再次向从 UE发送数据。 The data sending module 150 is configured to, if there is a slave UE that has not received the data propagated by the data spreading module 140, send data to the slave UE again on the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum.
本实施例中, 当从 UE为一个时, 主 UE可以通过单播方式在第一无线资 源上向该从 UE发送数据, 实现采用 D2D通信模式传输数据。 或, 当从 UE至 少为一个时, 主 UE可以通过广播或组播方式在第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据, 从 UE对数据的接收状态进行反馈。 若存在未接收到数据的从 UE, 则主 UE确定不能通过第一无线资源向该从 UE发送数据, 则通过授权频 谱的第四无线资源再次向该从 UE发送数据, 第四无线资源用于在授权频谱上 传输数据。 或者, 主 UE也可以通过检测得到的非授权频谱的信号质量确定从 UE是否接收到数据, 本实施例不限定对未接收到数据的从 UE的确定方式。 In this embodiment, when there is one slave UE, the master UE can send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a unicast manner, so as to implement data transmission in the D2D communication mode. Or, when there is at least one slave UE, the master UE may send data to at least one slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner, and the slave UE feeds back the receiving status of the data. If there is a slave UE that has not received data, the master UE determines that data cannot be sent to the slave UE through the first radio resource, and then sends data to the slave UE again through a fourth radio resource of the authorized spectrum, and the fourth radio resource is used for Transmit data on licensed spectrum. Alternatively, the master UE may also determine whether the slave UE has received data by detecting the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum obtained. This embodiment does not limit the determination method for the slave UE that has not received data.
需要补充说明的是, 主 UE采用何种方式向从 UE发送数据是由控制信令 确定的。 比如, 若控制信令的指示信息包括的是单个从 UE 的 C-RNTI ( Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, 小区-无线网络临时标识)或 D2D-RNTI ( D2D Radio Network Temporary Identifier, D2D-无线网络临时标识), 则指示 主 UE通过单播方式在第一无线资源上向从 UE发送数据; 若控制信令的指示 信息包括的是 Group RNTI ( Group Radio Network Temporary Identifier, 组无线 网络临时标识 ), 则指示主 UE通过广播或组播方式在第一无线资源上向从 UE 发送数据。 It needs to be added that the manner in which the master UE sends data to the slave UE is determined by the control signaling. For example, if the indication information of the control signaling includes C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, cell-radio network temporary identifier) or D2D-RNTI (D2D Radio Network Temporary Identifier, D2D-radio network temporary identifier) of a single UE ), then instruct the master UE to send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in unicast mode; if the control signaling indicates The information includes Group RNTI (Group Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Group Radio Network Temporary Identifier), which instructs the master UE to send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource by broadcast or multicast.
进一步地, eNB可以向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息且通 过广播或组播方式向至少一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 主 UE通过广播或组播方式向至少一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令。 Further, the eNB may send the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE to the master UE and send the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE to at least one slave UE through broadcast or multicast, and the master UE transmits the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE through broadcast or multicast In a manner, the control signaling corresponding to the secondary UE is sent to at least one secondary UE.
可选的, 资源分配模块 110, 包括: Optionally, the resource allocation module 110 includes:
第二分配单元 112,用于若目标设备是主 UE且从 UE中不存在由其他 eNB 提供服务的从 UE, 则接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池, 非授权频谱资源池 包括处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将从非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频 谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 The second allocating unit 112 is configured to receive an unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB if the target device is a master UE and there is no slave UE served by other eNBs in the slave UE, and the unlicensed spectrum resource pool includes available state For the unlicensed spectrum, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的每一个从 UE均由 eNB提供服务, 则主 UE可以直接为该每一个从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。具体地, eNB 可以确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 比如, eNB 确定频率区域是 5170-5190MHz的非授权频谱处于可用状态; eNB再在处于可用状态的非授权 频谱中确定非授权频谱资源池, 将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 比 如, 非授权频谱资源池是频率区域为 5170-5175MHZ的无线资源; 主 UE接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池,将所确定的非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授 权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源, 比如, 主 UE 在 5170-5175MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第 一无线资源。 用于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不同的 D2D 通信的主 UE可以选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB。 If each slave UE that uses the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by the eNB, the master UE can directly allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to each slave UE. Specifically, the eNB may determine that the unlicensed spectrum in the available state is available. For example, the eNB determines that the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region of 5170-5190 MHz is in the available state; the eNB then determines the unlicensed spectrum resource pool in the available unlicensed spectrum, Allocate the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the main UE, for example, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is a wireless resource with a frequency area of 5170-5175MHZ; the main UE receives the unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB, and allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool The first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the resource pool is used as the allocated first radio resource. For example, the master UE selects a PRB in the frequency region of 5170-5172 MHz from 5170-5175 MHz as the first radio resource used by the UE. Frequency resources used for D2D communication may also be discontinuous, and for different main UEs of D2D communication, PRBs in different frequency regions in 5170-5190 MHz may be selected.
可选的, 资源分配模块 110, 包括: Optionally, the resource allocation module 110 includes:
第四分配单元 114, 用于若目标设备是主 UE且从 UE中存在至少一个由 其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE,则接收向主 UE提供服务的 eNB发送的非授权频 谱资源池, 非授权频谱资源池是 eNB与其他 eNB进行分配协商后确定共同占 用的,将从非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配 的第一无线资源。 The fourth allocating unit 114 is configured to receive an unlicensed spectrum resource pool sent by an eNB providing services to the master UE if the target device is a master UE and there is at least one slave UE served by other eNBs in the slave UEs, the unlicensed spectrum The resource pool is determined to be jointly occupied by the eNB and other eNBs after allocation negotiation, and the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB在分配非授权频谱资源池时, 还需要与该其他 eNB进 行协商。 其中, eNB指为主 UE提供 PCell和非授权频谱上 SCell的 eNB, 其 他 eNB指至少使用非授权频谱的其他 eNB, eNB和其他 eNB可以相邻且提供 不同的小区, 比如, 第一 eNB和第二 eNB; 或, eNB和其他 eNB可以提供基 站间载波聚合的小区, 比如, 主 eNB和辅 eNB。 If there is at least one UE among the slave UEs that use the D2D communication mode for data transmission to be served by other eNBs, the eNB also needs to negotiate with the other eNBs when allocating the unlicensed spectrum resource pool. Among them, the eNB refers to the eNB that provides the PCell and the SCell on the unlicensed spectrum for the main UE, and its Other eNBs refer to other eNBs that at least use unlicensed spectrum, eNBs and other eNBs may be adjacent and provide different cells, for example, the first eNB and the second eNB; or, eNBs and other eNBs may provide inter-base station carrier aggregation cells, For example, primary eNB and secondary eNB.
具体地, eNB通过诸如 X2接口之类的基站之间的接口将自身可以占用的 无线资源的信息添加到协商信息中发送给其他 eNB, 其他 eNB在协商信息所 指示的无线资源中确定该其他 eNB 可以占用的无线资源, 并将共同占用的无 线资源确定为非授权频谱资源池, 其他 eNB 再将确定的非授权频谱资源池通 知给 eNB。 eNB将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 主 UE将从非授权 频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 Specifically, the eNB adds the information of the wireless resources that it can occupy to the negotiation information through an interface between base stations such as the X2 interface and sends it to other eNBs, and the other eNBs determine the wireless resources of the other eNBs in the wireless resources indicated by the negotiation information. radio resources that can be occupied, and determine the jointly occupied radio resources as an unlicensed spectrum resource pool, and then other eNBs notify the eNBs of the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool. The eNB allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the primary UE, and the primary UE uses the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool as the allocated first wireless resource.
假设 eNB向主 UE提供服务, 其他 eNB向从 UE提供服务, 则 eNB将确 定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 其他 eNB将确定的非授权频谱资源池分 配给从 UE, 主 UE在非授权频谱资源池中选取出第一无线资源, 根据第一无 线资源生成与从 UE对应的控制信令,将控制信令发送给从 UE,从 UE在接收 到控制信令之后在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式与主 UE进行数据传输。 Assuming that the eNB provides services to the master UE, and other eNBs provide services to the slave UE, the eNB allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the master UE, and other eNBs allocate the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the slave UE. Select the first radio resource from the authorized spectrum resource pool, generate control signaling corresponding to the slave UE according to the first radio resource, and send the control signaling to the slave UE, and the slave UE transmits the control signaling on the first radio resource after receiving the control signaling. The upper adopts the D2D communication mode to perform data transmission with the main UE.
需要说明的是,采用 D2D通信模式传输数据的主 UE和从 UE应该处于相 同的不连续接收 DRX状态,例如主 UE和从 UE均处于活动时间期间才能够传 输控制信令。 It should be noted that the master UE and the slave UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data should be in the same discontinuous reception DRX state, for example, the master UE and the slave UE can only transmit control signaling during the active time.
可选的, 资源分配模块 110, 包括: Optionally, the resource allocation module 110 includes:
第五分配单元 115 , 用于对于每一次采用 D2D通信模式的数据传输, 动态 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, The fifth allocation unit 115 is configured to dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE for each data transmission using the D2D communication mode; or,
本实施例中, 主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间可以采用 HARQ技术进行数据 传输, 则主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ新传输时动态为至少一个从 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 In this embodiment, HARQ technology can be used for data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE, and then the master UE can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum for at least one slave UE at each new HARQ transmission, and allocate The manner is as described above and will not be repeated here.
对于数据的 HARQ反馈可以通过非授权频谱的第五无线资源或授权频谱 的第六无线资源进行反馈, 第五无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输 HARQ反 馈, 第六无线资源用于在授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈。 比如, 使用 PCell的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈或 SCell上的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈, 本实 施例不作限定。 The HARQ feedback for data can be fed back through the fifth radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum or the sixth radio resource of the licensed spectrum, the fifth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the unlicensed spectrum, and the sixth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the licensed spectrum Uplink transmits HARQ feedback. For example, the PUCCH or PUSCH of the PCell is used for feedback or the PUCCH or PUSCH of the SCell is used for feedback, which is not limited in this embodiment.
当 HARQ反馈指示某一次的新传输数据丟失了,则需要进行 HARQ重传。 主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ重传时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一 无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述; 或, 主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ 重传时使用上一次 HARQ重传或 HARQ新传输时分配的第一无线资源。 When the HARQ feedback indicates that a certain new transmission data is lost, HARQ retransmission is required. The main UE can dynamically allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs at each HARQ retransmission, the allocation method is as described above, and will not be described here; or, the main UE can be at each HARQ retransmission The first radio resource allocated during the last HARQ retransmission or new HARQ transmission is used for retransmission.
第六分配单元 116, 用于根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 半静态分配策略是每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时 对非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 The sixth allocating unit 116 is configured to allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy. Resource allocation strategy.
本实施例中, 主 UE可以在每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时根据预先配 置的半静态分配策略为至少一个从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 无需 对每一次的 HARQ新传输动态分配第一无线资源。 其中, 根据半静态分配策 略分配第一无线资源的分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 In this embodiment, the master UE can allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least one slave UE according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy every time the unlicensed spectrum is in the available state. Allocate a first radio resource. Wherein, the allocation manner of allocating the first wireless resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy is as described above, and will not be repeated here.
具体地,主 UE可以通过 RRC信令分别为每一个从 UE配置第一无线资源 的周期,再通过 PDCCH或 EPDCCH分别向每一个从 UE发送半静态分配策略。 由于 SCell上的数据传输仅在非授权频谱处于可用状态才进行, 因此, 周期仅 仅在非授权频谱处于可用状态时生效。 Specifically, the master UE can configure the period of the first radio resource for each slave UE through RRC signaling, and then send a semi-static allocation strategy to each slave UE through PDCCH or EPDCCH. Since the data transmission on the SCell is only performed when the unlicensed spectrum is available, the cycle only takes effect when the unlicensed spectrum is available.
需要补充说明的是,若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至 少一个从 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 且主 UE动态分配第一无线资源或 eNB 根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 则控制信令需要在 eNB和其他 eNB 共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 且 eNB和其他 eNB各自使用第三无线资源给 主 UE和从 UE发送控制信令时所在的时隙相同, 频率可以不同, 以便每一个 从 UE在接收到控制信令后, 根据控制信令确定的时隙从第一无线资源上传输 数据。 It should be added that if at least one of the slave UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by other eNBs, and the master UE dynamically allocates the first radio resource or the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to a semi-static allocation strategy , the control signaling needs to be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, and the eNB and other eNBs respectively use the third radio resource to send the control signaling to the master UE and the slave UE in the same time slot, and the frequency can be It is different, so that after receiving the control signaling, each slave UE transmits data from the first radio resource in the time slot determined according to the control signaling.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至少一个从 UE由其他 eNB提供服务且主 UE根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 由于从 UE是 根据非授权频谱的可用时间确定数据传输的时隙的, 而不是控制信令, 因此, 控制信令可以在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 也可以不在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送。 比如, eNB和其他 eNB可以 在不同无线帧的同一个子帧位置各自向主 UE和从 UE发送控制信令, 从而采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据的主 UE和从 UE在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一 无线资源时可以使用第一无线资源进行数据传输。对于控制信令的上述两种发 送方式本实施例不作限定。 If at least one of the slave UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by other eNBs and the master UE allocates the first radio resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy, since the slave UE determines the data transmission according to the available time of the unlicensed spectrum time slot, instead of the control signaling, therefore, the control signaling may be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, or may not be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource. For example, the eNB and other eNBs can respectively send control signaling to the master UE and the slave UE at the same subframe position in different radio frames, so that the master UE and the slave UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data share the first station between the eNB and other eNBs. When using the wireless resource, the first wireless resource may be used for data transmission. This embodiment does not limit the above two ways of sending the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信装置, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 To sum up, the device communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generates a control corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource signaling, where the control signaling carries an indication for indicating the first radio resource information; sending control signaling to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and can use the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum that is in an available state Data transmission without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the wireless resources allocated by the eNB for UEs in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet the growing spectrum requirements, resulting in the communication between UEs using the D2D communication mode The problem of low efficiency achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs adopting the D2D communication mode.
另外, 通过在非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 使得 UE在不能直接将数据发送给其他 UE时, 可 以将数据发送给 eNB, 由 eNB将接收到的数据转发给其他 UE, 实现了 UE之 间的数据传输。 请参考图 4, 其示出了本发明又一实施例提供的设备通信装置的结构框架 图。 该设备通信装置可以用于目标设备中, 包括: 处理器 410、 发射机 420和 存储器 440。 处理器 410与发射机 420耦合, 发射机 420与存储器 430耦合。 In addition, when the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, so that when the UE cannot directly send data to other UEs, the data can be sent to the eNB, and the eNB will send the data to the eNB. The received data is forwarded to other UEs, realizing data transmission between UEs. Please refer to FIG. 4, which shows a structural framework diagram of a device communication device provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The device communication device can be used in a target device, and includes: a processor 410, a transmitter 420, and a memory 440. The processor 410 is coupled to the transmitter 420, and the transmitter 420 is coupled to the memory 430.
存储器 430中存储计算机程序, 处理器 410可以通过访问所述计算机程序 执行如下操作: A computer program is stored in the memory 430, and the processor 410 can perform the following operations by accessing the computer program:
处理器 410, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱 的第一无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; 根 据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指 示第一无线资源的指示信息; The processor 410 is configured to allocate a first wireless resource of an unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, where the unlicensed spectrum refers to a spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition; according to the allocated first The radio resource generates control signaling corresponding to the UE, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource;
目标设备在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态后, 即可为 UE分配非授权频谱 的第一无线资源。 比如, 频率区域是 5170-5190MHZ的非授权频谱处于可用状 态,则目标设备可以在 5170-5190MHZ中选取出 5170-5175MHz频率区域的 PRB 用于采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 再在 5170-5175MHZ频率区域的 PRB 中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源;或, 目标设备可以直接在 5170-5190MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB 作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源,用于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不同的 D2D通信的 UE可以选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB, 本实施例不限定目标设备分配第一无线资源的分配方式, 也不限定 D2D通信 使用小区的上行资源还是下行资源。 After determining that the unlicensed spectrum is available, the target device can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE. For example, if the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region 5170-5190MHZ is available, the target device can select the PRB in the 5170-5175MHz frequency region from the 5170-5190MHZ for data transmission in the D2D communication mode, and then select the PRB in the 5170-5175MHZ frequency Select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the PRBs in the region as the first radio resource for the UE; or, the target device can directly select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the 5170-5190MHz as the first radio resource for the UE. Radio resources, the frequency resources used for D2D communication can also be discontinuous, for different D2D communication UEs can select PRBs in different frequency regions in 5170-5190MHz, this embodiment does not limit the allocation of the first radio resource to the target device The method does not limit whether the D2D communication uses the uplink resource or the downlink resource of the cell.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或 UE与 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线接入 系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations, one situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is empty Idle state, not occupied by other wireless access systems; one case is that although other wireless access systems occupy unlicensed frequency bands, but are far away from the eNB and/or UE or have low power, between the eNB and the UE or the UE Unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication with UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
为了使 UE明确为 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 目标设备需要 获取第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到控制信令中发送给 UE。 其中,指示信息用于指示 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 本实施例中时隙指传输时间间隔 ΤΉ, 即一个调度时间单位, 在 LTE中 1 个 ΤΉ对应于一个子帧, 占用 lms的时间, 包括两个时槽。 In order for the UE to specify the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated to the UE, the target device needs to obtain indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling and send it to the UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot the UE sends or receives data from which frequency region. In this embodiment, a time slot refers to a transmission time interval ΤΉ, that is, a scheduling time unit. In LTE, 1 ΤΉ corresponds to a subframe, occupies 1 ms of time, and includes two time slots.
发射机 420, 用于向 UE发送处理器 410生成的控制信令, 以便 UE在根 据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 The transmitter 420 is configured to send the control signaling generated by the processor 410 to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
目标设备将控制信令发送给 UE之后, UE即可根据控制信令中的指示信 息确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the target device sends the control signaling to the UE, the UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信装置, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 本发明另一实施例提供了一种设备通信装置, 该设备通信装置可以用于目 标设备中, 本实施例以目标设备是蜂窝网络中的 eNB为例进行说明, 该 eNB 可以是微基站或小基站或宏基站, 通常上述不同类型的基站发射功率和覆盖范 围不同。 该设备通信装置, 可以包括: 处理器 410、 发射机 420和存储器 440。 发射机 420与处理器 410耦合, 处理器 410与存储器 430耦合。 To sum up, the device communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generates a control corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a device communication device. The device communication device can be used in a target device. In this embodiment, the target device is an eNB in a cellular network as an example. The eNB can be a micro base station or a small A base station or a macro base station, generally, the above-mentioned different types of base stations have different transmit powers and coverage areas. The device communication device may include: a processor 410, a transmitter 420 and a memory 440. The transmitter 420 is coupled to the processor 410, and the processor 410 is coupled to the memory 430.
存储器 430中存储计算机程序, 处理器 410可以通过访问所述计算机程序 执行如下操作: A computer program is stored in the memory 430, and the processor 410 can perform the following operations by accessing the computer program:
处理器 410, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱 的第一无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; 根 据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指 示第一无线资源的指示信息; The processor 410 is configured to allocate an unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is available The unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition; the control signaling corresponding to the UE is generated according to the allocated first radio resource, and the control signaling carries information for indicating the first Indication information of radio resources;
本实施例中, eNB需要分别为至少两个 UE中的每一个 UE配置载波。 具 体地, eNB可以将 PCell配置在授权频语的频段, SCell配置在非授权频谱的频 段, 并将各个小区的载波配置信息发送给 UE。 在载波配置完成后, eNB需要 确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及至少两个 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模 式进行数据传输。 In this embodiment, the eNB needs to configure a carrier for each of at least two UEs. Specifically, the eNB can configure the PCell in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, configure the SCell in the frequency band of the unlicensed spectrum, and send the carrier configuration information of each cell to the UE. After the carrier configuration is completed, the eNB needs to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode for data transmission.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或 UE与 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线接入 系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB And/or the UE is far away or the power is low, etc., the unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between the eNB and the UE or between the UE and the UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
eNB在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态且至少两个 UE之间可以采用 D2D 通信模式传输数据后,即可为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。为了使 UE 明确为 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, eNB需要获取第一无线资源的 指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到与 UE对应的控制信令中发送给 UE。 其中, 指示信息用于指示 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After determining that the unlicensed spectrum is available and at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data, the eNB can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE. In order for the UE to specify the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated to the UE, the eNB needs to acquire the indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling corresponding to the UE and send it to the UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot the UE sends or receives data from which frequency region.
由于采用 D2D通信模式传输数据时, UE在同一时刻只能执行接收操作或 发送操作, 因此, eNB还需要在控制信令中指示 UE的操作类型。 比如, 当第 一 UE发送数据、 第二 UE接收数据时, 与第一 UE对应的控制信令用于指示 第一 UE在某一个时隙从某一个频率区域发送数据, 与第二 UE对应的控制信 令用于指示第二 UE某一个时隙从某一个频率区域接收数据。 或者预先配置第 一 UE在第一类时隙发送数据, 第二 UE在第一类时隙接收数据, 以及第一 UE 在第二类时隙接收数据, 第二 UE在第二类时隙发送数据, 其中第一类子帧和 第二类时隙不同, 它们共同组成全部时隙或部分时隙, 则第一 UE和第二 UE 根据所预先配置的时隙位置发送和接收数据, 就不用 eNB 通过控制信令指示 UE的操作类型。 Since when data is transmitted in the D2D communication mode, the UE can only perform a receiving operation or a sending operation at the same time, therefore, the eNB also needs to indicate the operation type of the UE in the control signaling. For example, when the first UE sends data and the second UE receives data, the control signaling corresponding to the first UE is used to instruct the first UE to send data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot, and the control signaling corresponding to the second UE The control signaling is used to instruct the second UE to receive data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot. Or pre-configure the first UE to send data in the first type of time slot, the second UE to receive data in the first type of time slot, and the first UE to receive data in the second type of time slot, and the second UE to send data in the second type of time slot data, wherein the first type of subframe is different from the second type of time slot, and they together form all time slots or part of time slots, then the first UE and the second UE send and receive data according to the pre-configured time slot positions, without The eNB indicates the operation type of the UE through control signaling.
发射机 420, 用于向 UE发送处理器 410生成的控制信令, 以便 UE在根 据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 The transmitter 420 is configured to send the control signaling generated by the processor 410 to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
eNB将控制信令发送给 UE之后, UE即可根据控制信令中的指示信息确 定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the eNB sends the control signaling to the UE, the UE can determine according to the indication information in the control signaling Determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region.
可选的, 发射机 420, 具体用于通过 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无 线资源向 UE发送控制信令; 或, 通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向 UE发送 控制信令, 第三无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 控制信令指示 信息是 eNB在 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 Optionally, the transmitter 420 is specifically configured to send the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or, send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum, the second The three radio resources are determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indication information is sent by the eNB on the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE.
为了保证 UE能够正确接收到控制信令, 以提高传输控制信令的可靠性, eNB可以配置授权频谱的第二无线资源用于发送控制信令。 本实施例中, 由于 PCell 配置在授权频谱的频段, 因此, eNB 可以通过 PCell 上的 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH向 UE发送控制信令。 或, In order to ensure that the UE can correctly receive the control signaling, so as to improve the reliability of transmitting the control signaling, the eNB may configure the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum for sending the control signaling. In this embodiment, since the PCell is configured in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, the eNB can send control signaling to the UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH on the PCell. or,
为了进一步避免或减少 UE对第二无线资源的占用, 以节省授权频谱上的 资源, eNB还可以在检测到非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 通过为 UE分配的第 三无线资源向 UE发送与 UE对应的控制信令。 此时, 为了使 UE明确在哪一 个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, eNB还需要预先在授权频谱的第二无 线资源上向 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 该控制信令指示信息用于指示 UE在 哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令; 或, eNB可以对 UE接收控制信 令的时隙和资源进行预先配置, UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个 频率区域接收控制信令。 其中, 第一无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输数据, 第三无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输控制信令。 In order to further avoid or reduce the occupation of the second radio resource by the UE, so as to save resources on the licensed spectrum, the eNB may also send a message to the UE through the third radio resource allocated to the UE when it detects that the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state. Corresponding control signaling. At this time, in order for the UE to clearly receive the control signaling from which frequency region in which time slot, the eNB also needs to send control signaling indication information to the UE in advance on the second radio resource of the licensed frequency spectrum. The control signaling indication information It is used to indicate in which time slot the UE receives the control signaling from which frequency region; or, the eNB can pre-configure the time slot and resources for the UE to receive the control signaling, and the UE determines which time slot to use from which frequency region according to the pre-configuration. One frequency region receives control signaling. Wherein, the first wireless resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum, and the third wireless resource is used to transmit control signaling on the unlicensed spectrum.
可选的, 处理器 410, 具体用于当目标设备是 eNB时, 通过第二无线资源 向 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 再通过控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源上接 收控制信令。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to, when the target device is an eNB, send control signaling indication information to the UE through the second radio resource, and then send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information command, so that the UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information.
具体地, eNB可以预先在非授权频谱上为至少两个 UE分配发送控制信令 的第三无线资源, 并将用于指示该第三无线资源的指示信息添加到控制信令指 示信息中, 通过第二无线资源分别向每一个 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 再在 第三无线资源上分别向每一个 UE发送与该 UE对应的控制信令, UE根据接收 到的控制信令指示信息确定接收控制信令的第三无线资源, 并在确定的第三无 线资源上接收控制信令。 Specifically, the eNB may pre-allocate a third radio resource for sending control signaling to at least two UEs on the unlicensed spectrum, and add the indication information used to indicate the third radio resource to the control signaling indication information, by The second radio resource sends control signaling indication information to each UE, and then sends control signaling corresponding to the UE to each UE on the third radio resource, and the UE determines to receive the UE according to the received control signaling indication information. Control the third radio resource for the signaling, and receive the control signaling on the determined third radio resource.
可选的, 处理器 410, 还用于每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件,则指示 UE采用 D2D通信 模式实现数据传输; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件, 则 指示 UE采用小区通信模式实现数据传输, 小区通信模式是指 UE通过 eNB进 行数据传输。 Optionally, the processor 410 is also configured to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time; if the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset condition, instruct the UE to use the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission; if The detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, then Instructing the UE to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, the cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
由于 UE能否在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传输数据不仅依赖于非 授权频谱资源是否处于可用状态, 还依赖于非授权频谱的信号质量, 因此, 为 了避免非授权频谱的信号质量较差导致 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, eNB 可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量或每隔预定时间指示 UE检测非 授权频谱的信号质量。 Since whether the UE can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data on the first radio resource not only depends on whether the unlicensed spectrum resource is available, but also depends on the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum, therefore, in order to avoid poor signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum For the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs, the eNB may detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time or instruct the UE to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time.
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则 eNB 确定继续采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设 条件, 则 eNB确定采用小区通信模式传输数据, 即第一 UE通过第二无线资源 将数据发送给 eNB , eNB再通过第二无线资源将接收到的数据转发给第二 UE; 或者第一 UE通过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再进一步把数据发送 到核心网和应用服务器, 由应用服务器和核心网再通过 eNB或其他 eNB转发 给第二 UE, 以实现 UE之间的数据传输。 If the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, the eNB determines to continue using the D2D communication mode to transmit data; if the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, the eNB determines to use the cell communication mode for transmission Data, that is, the first UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB forwards the received data to the second UE through the second radio resource; or the first UE sends the data to the eNB through the second radio resource, The eNB further sends the data to the core network and the application server, and the application server and the core network forward the data to the second UE through the eNB or other eNBs, so as to realize data transmission between UEs.
其中, 预设条件可以包括: 非授权频谱的不可用时长小于或等于第一阈值 和非授权频谱的无线条件低于门限值的时长小于或等于第二阈值中的至少一 种。 当然, 还可以对预设条件进行修改, 本实施例不对预设条件进行限定。 Wherein, the preset condition may include at least one of: the unlicensed spectrum unavailable duration is less than or equal to the first threshold and the duration of the unlicensed spectrum wireless condition lower than the threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold. Of course, the preset conditions may also be modified, and this embodiment does not limit the preset conditions.
可选的, 处理器 410, 具体用于若目标设备是 eNB且 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE, 则确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将所确定的非授权 频谱中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to determine an available unlicensed spectrum if the target device is an eNB and there is no UE served by other eNBs in the UE, and select an unlicensed spectrum from the determined unlicensed spectrum The first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE均由 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB可以直接为该至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 具体地, eNB 可以确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 比如, eNB 确定频率区域是 5170-5190MHz的非授权频谱处于可用状态; eNB将所确定的非授权频谱中选 取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源, 比如, eNB 在 5170-5190MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第 一无线资源。 If at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission are served by the eNB, the eNB may directly allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the at least two UEs. Specifically, the eNB may determine the unlicensed spectrum that is in an available state. For example, the eNB determines that the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region of 5170-5190 MHz is in an available state; The radio resource is used as the allocated first radio resource. For example, the eNB selects a PRB in the frequency region of 5170-5172 MHz from 5170-5190 MHz as the first radio resource used by the UE.
可选的, 处理器 410, 具体用于若目标设备是 eNB且 UE中存在至少一个 由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE,则与其他 eNB进行分配协商,将协商得到的 eNB 和其他 eNB共同占用的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to perform allocation negotiation with other eNBs if the target device is an eNB and there is at least one UE served by other eNBs in the UE, and use the negotiated eNB and other eNBs to occupy the non- The first radio resource of the authorized frequency spectrum is used as the allocated first radio resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE中存在至少一个 UE由 其他 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB在分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源时, 还需要与 该其他 eNB进行协商。 具体地, eNB通过诸如 X2接口之类的基站之间的接口 将自身可以占用的无线资源的信息添加到协商信息中发送给其他 eNB , 其他 eNB在协商信息所指示的无线资源中确定该其他 eNB可以占用的无线资源, 并将确定的无线资源作为第一无线资源, 其他 eNB 再将确定的第一无线资源 通知给 eNB。 If there is at least one UE among at least two UEs that use the D2D communication mode for data transmission If other eNBs provide services, the eNB also needs to negotiate with the other eNBs when allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum. Specifically, the eNB adds the information of the wireless resources it can occupy to the negotiation information through an interface between base stations such as the X2 interface and sends it to other eNBs, and the other eNBs determine the wireless resources of the other eNBs in the wireless resources indicated by the negotiation information. The radio resource may be occupied, and the determined radio resource is used as the first radio resource, and the other eNB notifies the eNB of the determined first radio resource.
可选的,处理器 410,具体用于对于每一次采用 D2D通信模式的数据传输, 动态为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, 根据预先配置的半静态分配 策略为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 半静态分配策略是每一次非授权 频谱处于可用状态时对非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to, for each data transmission using the D2D communication mode, dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE; or, allocate the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy The semi-static allocation strategy for the first wireless resource of the spectrum is a strategy for allocating the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum each time the unlicensed spectrum is available.
本实施例中, UE之间可以采用 HARQ技术进行数据传输, 则 eNB可以在 每一次 HARQ新传输时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 对于数据的 HARQ反馈可以通过非授权频 谱的第五无线资源或授权频谱的第六无线资源进行反馈, 第五无线资源用于在 非授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈, 第六无线资源用于在授权频谱上传输 HARQ 反馈。 比如, 使用 PCell的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈或 SCell上的 PUCCH 或 PUSCH进行反馈, 本实施例不作限定。 In this embodiment, the HARQ technology can be used for data transmission between UEs, and the eNB can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs at each new HARQ transmission. The allocation method is as described above, here I won't go into details. The HARQ feedback for data can be fed back through the fifth radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum or the sixth radio resource of the licensed spectrum, the fifth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the unlicensed spectrum, and the sixth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the licensed spectrum transmit HARQ feedback. For example, the PUCCH or PUSCH of the PCell is used for feedback or the PUCCH or PUSCH of the SCell is used for feedback, which is not limited in this embodiment.
本实施例中, eNB可以在每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时根据预先配置 的半静态分配策略为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 无需对每 一次的 HARQ新传输动态分配第一无线资源。 其中, 根据半静态分配策略分 配第一无线资源的分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 具体地, eNB 可以通过 RRC信令分别为每一个 UE 配置第一无线资源的周期, 再通过 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH分别向每一个 UE发送半静态分配策略。 由于 SCell上的数据传输仅 在非授权频谱处于可用状态才进行, 因此, 周期仅仅在非授权频谱处于可用状 态时生效。 In this embodiment, the eNB can allocate the first radio resources of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy each time the unlicensed spectrum is available, without dynamically allocating each new HARQ transmission A first wireless resource. Wherein, the allocation manner of allocating the first wireless resource according to the semi-static allocation policy is as described above, and will not be repeated here. Specifically, the eNB may respectively configure the period of the first radio resource for each UE through RRC signaling, and then send a semi-static allocation strategy to each UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH. Since the data transmission on the SCell is only performed when the unlicensed spectrum is available, the cycle only takes effect when the unlicensed spectrum is available.
需要补充说明的是, 若采用 D2D 通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE 中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 且 eNB动态分配第一无线资源或 eNB根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 则控制信令需要在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 且 eNB和其他 eNB分别使用第三无线资 源给 UE发送控制信令时所在的时隙相同, 频率可以不同, 以便每一个 UE在 接收到控制信令后, 根据控制信令确定的时隙从第一无线资源上传输数据。 若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE中存在至少一个 UE由 其他 eNB提供服务且 eNB根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 由于 UE 是根据非授权频谱的可用时间确定数据传输的时隙的,而不是控制信令,因此, 控制信令可以在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 也可以不在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送。 比如, eNB和其他 eNB可以 在不同无线帧的同一个子帧位置各自向第一 UE和第二 UE发送控制信令, 从 而采用 D2D通信模式传输数据的第一 UE和第二 UE在 eNB和其他 eNB共同 占用第一无线资源时可以使用第一无线资源进行数据传输。对于控制信令的上 述两种发送方式本实施例不作限定。 It should be added that if at least one of the at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by another eNB, and the eNB dynamically allocates the first radio resource or the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to a semi-static allocation strategy , the control signaling needs to be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, and the eNB and other eNBs respectively use the third radio resource to send the control signaling to the UE in the same time slot, and the frequency can be different, so that each After receiving the control signaling, a UE transmits data on the first radio resource according to the time slot determined by the control signaling. If there is at least one of the at least two UEs that use the D2D communication mode for data transmission to be served by another eNB and the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy, since the UE determines the data transmission according to the available time of the unlicensed spectrum The time slot is not the control signaling. Therefore, the control signaling may be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, or may not be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource. For example, the eNB and other eNBs can respectively send control signaling to the first UE and the second UE at the same subframe position in different radio frames, so that the first UE and the second UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data are connected between the eNB and other eNBs. When the first wireless resource is jointly occupied, the first wireless resource may be used for data transmission. This embodiment does not limit the above two transmission modes of the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信装置, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 To sum up, the device communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generates a control corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode.
另外, 通过在非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 使得 UE在不能直接将数据发送给其他 UE时, 可 以将数据发送给 eNB, 由 eNB将接收到的数据转发给其他 UE, 实现了 UE之 间的数据传输。 本发明另一实施例提供了一种设备通信装置, 该设备通信装置可以用于主 UE中, 则实施例中未声明是主 UE的 UE都是从 UE, 且主 UE与从 UE可以 通过动态指定或通过半静态分配策略指定。 该设备通信装置, 可以包括: 处理 器 410、发射机 420和存储器 440。 发射机 420与处理器 410耦合, 处理器 410 与存储器 430耦合。 In addition, when the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, so that when the UE cannot directly send data to other UEs, the data can be sent to the eNB, and the eNB will send the data to the eNB. The received data is forwarded to other UEs, realizing data transmission between UEs. Another embodiment of the present invention provides a device communication device. The device communication device can be used in a master UE. In this embodiment, all UEs that are not declared to be master UEs are slave UEs, and the master UE and the slave UE can be dynamically configured. specified or via a semi-static allocation strategy. The device communication device may include: a processor 410, a transmitter 420 and a memory 440. The transmitter 420 is coupled to the processor 410, and the processor 410 is coupled to the memory 430.
存储器 430中存储计算机程序, 处理器 410可以通过访问所述计算机程序 执行如下操作: A computer program is stored in the memory 430, and the processor 410 can perform the following operations by accessing the computer program:
处理器 410, 用于在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱 的第一无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; 根 据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指 示第一无线资源的指示信息; The processor 410 is configured to allocate an unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is available The unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition; the control signaling corresponding to the UE is generated according to the allocated first radio resource, and the control signaling carries information for indicating the first Indication information of radio resources;
本实施例中, eNB需要分别为主 UE和至少一个从 UE中的每一个从 UE 配置载波。 具体地, eNB可以将 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段, SCell配置在非 授权频谱的频段, 并将各个小区的载波配置信息发送给主 UE 和至少一个从 UE。 在载波配置完成后, eNB 需要确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 In this embodiment, the eNB needs to configure a carrier for the master UE and each of the at least one slave UE respectively. Specifically, the eNB may configure the PCell in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, configure the SCell in the frequency band of the unlicensed spectrum, and send the carrier configuration information of each cell to the master UE and at least one slave UE. After the carrier configuration is completed, the eNB needs to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether the D2D communication mode can be used for data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或主 UE与从 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线 接入系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB And/or the UE is far away or the power is low, etc., the unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between the eNB and the UE or between the master UE and the slave UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
主 UE在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态且主 UE和从 UE之间可以采用 D2D通信模式传输数据后, 即可为从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 为 了使从 UE明确为从 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 主 UE需要获取 第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到与从 UE对应的控制信令中发 送给从 UE。 其中, 指示信息用于指示从 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域 发送或接收数据。 After the master UE determines that the unlicensed spectrum is available and the D2D communication mode can be used to transmit data between the master UE and the slave UE, it can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the slave UE. In order to make the slave UE specify the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated to the slave UE, the master UE needs to obtain the indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE and send it to the slave UE . Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot and from which frequency region the UE sends or receives data.
由于采用 D2D通信模式传输数据时,从 UE在同一时刻只能执行接收操作 或发送操作, 因此, 主 UE还需要在控制信令中指示从 UE的操作类型。 比如, 当主 UE发送数据、 从 UE接收数据时, 与从 UE对应的控制信令用于指示从 UE某一个时隙从某一个频率区域接收数据。 或者预先配置主 UE在第一类时 隙发送数据, 从 UE在第一类时隙接收数据, 以及主 UE在第二类时隙接收数 据, 从 UE在第二类时隙发送数据, 其中第一类时隙和第二类时隙不同, 它们 共同组成全部时隙或部分时隙, 则主 UE和从 UE根据所预先配置的时隙位置 发送和接收数据, 就不用主 UE通过控制信令指示从 UE的操作类型。 Since the slave UE can only perform a receiving operation or a sending operation at the same time when data is transmitted in the D2D communication mode, the master UE also needs to indicate the operation type of the slave UE in the control signaling. For example, when the master UE sends data and receives data from the slave UE, the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE is used to instruct the slave UE to receive data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot. Or pre-configure the master UE to send data in the first type of time slot, the slave UE to receive data in the first type of time slot, and the master UE to receive data in the second type of time slot, and the slave UE to send data in the second type of time slot, where the first The first type of time slot is different from the second type of time slot, they together constitute all time slots or part of time slots, then the master UE and the slave UE send and receive data according to the pre-configured time slot positions, without the need for the master UE to pass control signaling Indicates the type of operation from the UE.
发射机 420, 用于向 UE发送处理器 410生成的控制信令, 以便 UE在根 据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 The transmitter 420 is configured to send the control signaling generated by the processor 410 to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
主 UE将控制信令发送给从 UE之后, 从 UE即可根据控制信令中的指示 信息确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 可选的, 发射机 420, 具体用于通过 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无 线资源向 UE发送控制信令; 或, 通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向 UE发送 控制信令, 第三无线资源由控制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 控制信令指示 信息是 eNB在 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 After the master UE sends the control signaling to the slave UE, the slave UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling. Optionally, the transmitter 420 is specifically configured to send the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or, send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum, the second The three radio resources are determined by control signaling indication information or pre-configuration, and the control signaling indication information is sent by the eNB on the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE.
为了保证从 UE能够正确接收到控制信令,以提高传输控制信令的可靠性, 主 UE可以通过授权频谱的第二无线资源向从 UE发送控制信令。本实施例中, 由于 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段, 因此, 主 UE可以通过 PCell上的 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH或 PUCCH向从 UE发送控制信令。 或, In order to ensure that the slave UE can correctly receive the control signaling, so as to improve the reliability of transmitting the control signaling, the master UE can send the control signaling to the slave UE through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum. In this embodiment, since the PCell is configured in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, the master UE can send control signaling to the slave UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH or PUCCH on the PCell. or,
为了进一步避免或减少主 UE对第二无线资源的占用, 以节省授权频谱上 的资源, 主 UE还可以在检测到非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 通过为从 UE分 配的第三无线资源向从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令。此时, 为了使主 UE 明确在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送控制信令以及从 UE明确在哪一个时 隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, eNB需要预先在授权频谱的第二无线资源 上向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 并在授权频谱的第二无线 资源上向从 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息用 于指示主 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, 与从 UE对应的 控制信令指示信息用于指示从 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信 令; 或, eNB可以对主 UE发送控制信令的时隙和资源以及从 UE接收控制信 令的时隙和资源进行预先配置, 主 UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一 个频率区域发送控制信令, 从 UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频 率区域接收控制信令。 其中, 第一无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输数据, 第 三无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输控制信令。 In order to further avoid or reduce the occupation of the second radio resource by the master UE, so as to save resources on the licensed spectrum, the master UE may also send a third radio resource allocated for the slave UE to the slave UE when it detects that the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state. The UE sends control signaling corresponding to the slave UE. At this time, in order for the master UE to specify which time slot to send the control signaling from which frequency region and the slave UE to specify which time slot to receive the control signaling from which frequency region, the eNB needs to pre-select the second slot of the licensed spectrum. Send control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE to the master UE on the radio resource, and send control signaling indication information to the slave UE on the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE is used for Indicating which time slot the master UE receives the control signaling from which frequency region, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE is used to indicate which time slot the slave UE receives control signaling from which frequency region; or, The eNB can pre-configure the time slots and resources for the main UE to send control signaling and the time slots and resources for receiving control signaling from the UE, and the main UE determines which time slot and which frequency region to send the control signaling according to the pre-configuration , the UE determines in which time slot and from which frequency region to receive the control signaling according to pre-configuration. Wherein, the first radio resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum, and the third radio resource is used to transmit control signaling on the unlicensed spectrum.
可选的, 处理器 410, 具体用于当目标设备是发送控制信令的主 UE时, 确定接收控制信令的 UE是从 UE, 在第二无线资源上接收 eNB发送的控制信 令指示信息, 再通过控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源向从 UE发送控制 信令, 以便从 UE在控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to, when the target device is the master UE sending the control signaling, determine that the UE receiving the control signaling is the slave UE, and receive the control signaling indication information sent by the eNB on the second radio resource , and then send the control signaling to the slave UE by using the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the slave UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information.
具体地, eNB可以预先在非授权频谱上为主 UE和至少一个从 UE分配发 送控制信令的第三无线资源, 并将用于指示该第三无线资源的指示信息分别添 加到与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息和与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息中, 通过第二无线资源向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息以及通过第 二无线资源向从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 主 UE在控制信 令指示信息所指示的第三无线资源上向每一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制 信令, 每一个从 UE根据接收到的控制信令指示信息确定接收控制信令的第三 无线资源, 并在确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 Specifically, the eNB may pre-allocate a third radio resource for sending control signaling to the master UE and at least one slave UE on the unlicensed spectrum, and add indication information for indicating the third radio resource to the Among the control signaling indication information and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE, the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE is sent to the master UE through the second radio resource, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE is sent to the slave UE through the second radio resource. The control signaling indication information corresponding to the UE, the primary UE in the control signal sending control signaling corresponding to the secondary UE to each secondary UE on the third radio resource indicated by the command indication information, and each secondary UE determines the third radio resource for receiving the control signaling according to the received control signaling indication information, And receive control signaling on the determined third radio resource.
可选的, 处理器 410, 还用于每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件,则指示 UE采用 D2D通信 模式实现数据传输; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件, 则 指示 UE采用小区通信模式实现数据传输, 小区通信模式是指 UE通过 eNB进 行数据传输。 Optionally, the processor 410 is also configured to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time; if the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset condition, instruct the UE to use the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission; if If the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, and the cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
由于主 UE和至少一个从 UE能否在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传 输数据不仅依赖于非授权频谱资源是否处于可用状态,还依赖于非授权频谱的 信号质量, 因此, 为了避免非授权频谱的信号质量较差导致主 UE和至少一个 从 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, eNB可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的 信号质量或每隔预定时间指示主 UE或从 UE检测非授权频谱的信号质量。 Since whether the master UE and at least one slave UE can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data on the first radio resource not only depends on whether the unlicensed spectrum resource is available, but also depends on the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum, therefore, in order to avoid unlicensed The poor signal quality of the spectrum leads to the problem that the communication efficiency between the master UE and at least one slave UE is not high. The eNB can detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time or instruct the master UE or the slave UE to detect the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time. Signal quality of licensed spectrum.
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则主 UE确定继续采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设 条件, 则主 UE确定采用小区通信模式传输数据, 即主 UE通过第二无线资源 将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再通过第二无线资源将接收到的数据转发给从 UE; 或者主 UE通过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再进一步把数据发送到 核心网和应用服务器, 由应用服务器和核心网再通过 eNB或其他 eNB转发给 从 UE, 以实现主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间的数据传输。 If the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, the main UE determines to continue to use the D2D communication mode to transmit data; if the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, the main UE determines to use cell communication Data transmission mode, that is, the master UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB forwards the received data to the slave UE through the second radio resource; or the master UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB The data is further sent to the core network and the application server, and then forwarded by the application server and the core network to the slave UE through the eNB or other eNBs, so as to realize data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE.
其中, 预设条件可以包括: 非授权频谱的不可用时长小于或等于第一阈值 和非授权频谱的无线条件低于门限值的时长小于或等于第二阈值中的至少一 种。 当然, 还可以对预设条件进行修改, 本实施例不对预设条件进行限定。 Wherein, the preset condition may include at least one of: the unlicensed spectrum unavailable duration is less than or equal to the first threshold and the duration of the unlicensed spectrum wireless condition lower than the threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold. Of course, the preset conditions may also be modified, and this embodiment does not limit the preset conditions.
可选的,若目标设备是主 UE且 D2D通信模式为广播或组播方式,则发射 机 420, 还用于向 UE发送控制信令之后, 通过广播或组播方式在第一无线资 源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据; 若存在未接收到数据的从 UE, 则在授权频 谱的第二无线资源上再次向从 UE发送数据。 Optionally, if the target device is the master UE and the D2D communication mode is broadcast or multicast, the transmitter 420 is further configured to broadcast or multicast on the first radio resource to the UE after sending the control signaling to the UE. At least one secondary UE sends data; if there is a secondary UE that has not received data, then send data to the secondary UE again on the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum.
本实施例中, 当从 UE为一个时, 主 UE可以通过单播方式在第一无线资 源上向该从 UE发送数据, 实现采用 D2D通信模式传输数据。 或, 当从 UE至 少为一个时, 主 UE可以通过广播或组播方式在第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据, 从 UE对数据的接收状态进行反馈。 若存在未接收到数据的从 UE, 则主 UE确定不能通过第一无线资源向该从 UE发送数据, 则通过授权频 谱的第四无线资源再次向该从 UE发送数据, 第四无线资源用于在授权频谱上 传输数据。 或者, 主 UE也可以通过检测得到的非授权频谱的信号质量确定从 UE是否接收到数据, 本实施例不限定对未接收到数据的从 UE的确定方式。 In this embodiment, when there is one slave UE, the master UE can send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a unicast manner, so as to implement data transmission in the D2D communication mode. Or, when there is at least one slave UE, the master UE may send data to at least one slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner, and the slave UE feeds back the receiving status of the data. If there is a slave that has not received data UE, then the master UE determines that it cannot send data to the slave UE through the first radio resource, and then sends data to the slave UE again through the fourth radio resource of the authorized spectrum, and the fourth radio resource is used to transmit data on the authorized spectrum. Alternatively, the master UE may also determine whether the slave UE has received data by detecting the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum obtained. This embodiment does not limit the determination method for the slave UE that has not received data.
需要补充说明的是, 主 UE采用何种方式向从 UE发送数据是由控制信令 确定的。 比如, 若控制信令的指示信息包括的是单个从 UE 的 C-RNTI 或 D2D-RNTI, 则指示主 UE通过单播方式在第一无线资源上向从 UE发送数据; 若控制信令的指示信息包括的是 Group RNTI,则指示主 UE通过广播或组播方 式在第一无线资源上向从 UE发送数据。 It needs to be added that the manner in which the master UE sends data to the slave UE is determined by the control signaling. For example, if the indication information of the control signaling includes the C-RNTI or D2D-RNTI of a single slave UE, then instruct the master UE to send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a unicast manner; if the indication of the control signaling If the information includes the Group RNTI, it instructs the master UE to send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner.
进一步地, eNB可以向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息且通 过广播或组播方式向至少一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 主 UE通过广播或组播方式向至少一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令。 Further, the eNB may send the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE to the master UE and send the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE to at least one slave UE through broadcast or multicast, and the master UE transmits the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE through broadcast or multicast In a manner, the control signaling corresponding to the secondary UE is sent to at least one secondary UE.
可选的, 处理器 410, 具体用于若目标设备是主 UE且从 UE中不存在由 其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池, 非授权频 谱资源池包括处于可用状态的非授权频谱,将从非授权频谱资源池中选取出的 非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to receive an unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB if the target device is the master UE and there is no slave UE served by other eNBs in the slave UEs, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool includes For the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的每一个从 UE均由 eNB提供服务, 则主 UE可以直接为该每一个从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。具体地, eNB 可以确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱, 比如, eNB 确定频率区域是 5170-5190MHz的非授权频谱处于可用状态; eNB再在处于可用状态的非授权 频谱中确定非授权频谱资源池, 将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 比 如, 非授权频谱资源池是频率区域为 5170-5175MHZ的无线资源; 主 UE接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池,将所确定的非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授 权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源, 比如, 主 UE 在 5170-5175MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第 一无线资源。 用于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不同的 D2D 通信的主 UE可以选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB。 If each slave UE that uses the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by the eNB, the master UE can directly allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to each slave UE. Specifically, the eNB may determine that the unlicensed spectrum in the available state is available. For example, the eNB determines that the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region of 5170-5190 MHz is in the available state; the eNB then determines the unlicensed spectrum resource pool in the available unlicensed spectrum, Allocate the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the main UE, for example, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is a wireless resource with a frequency area of 5170-5175MHZ; the main UE receives the unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB, and allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool The first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the resource pool is used as the allocated first radio resource. For example, the master UE selects a PRB in the frequency region of 5170-5172 MHz from 5170-5175 MHz as the first radio resource used by the UE. Frequency resources used for D2D communication may also be discontinuous, and for different main UEs of D2D communication, PRBs in different frequency regions in 5170-5190 MHz may be selected.
可选的, 处理器 410, 具体用于若目标设备是主 UE且从 UE中存在至少 一个由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE,则接收向主 UE提供服务的 eNB发送的非 授权频谱资源池, 非授权频谱资源池是 eNB与其他 eNB进行分配协商后确定 共同占用的, 将从非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作 为分配的第一无线资源。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to receive the unlicensed spectrum resource pool sent by the eNB providing the service to the master UE if the target device is the master UE and there is at least one slave UE served by other eNBs in the slave UEs, The unlicensed spectrum resource pool is determined to be jointly occupied by the eNB and other eNBs after allocation and negotiation, and the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as is the allocated first radio resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB在分配非授权频谱资源池时, 还需要与该其他 eNB进 行协商。 具体地, eNB通过诸如 X2接口之类的基站之间的接口将自身可以占 用的无线资源的信息添加到协商信息中发送给其他 eNB, 其他 eNB在协商信 息所指示的无线资源中确定该其他 eNB 可以占用的无线资源, 并将共同占用 的无线资源确定为非授权频谱资源池, 其他 eNB再将确定的非授权频谱资源 池通知给 eNB。 eNB将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 主 UE将从非 授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线 资源。 If there is at least one UE among the slave UEs that use the D2D communication mode for data transmission to be served by other eNBs, the eNB also needs to negotiate with the other eNBs when allocating the unlicensed spectrum resource pool. Specifically, the eNB adds the information of the wireless resources that it can occupy to the negotiation information through an interface between base stations such as the X2 interface and sends it to other eNBs, and the other eNBs determine the wireless resources of the other eNBs in the wireless resources indicated by the negotiation information. radio resources that can be occupied, and determine the jointly occupied radio resources as an unlicensed spectrum resource pool, and then other eNBs notify the eNBs of the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool. The eNB allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the primary UE, and the primary UE uses the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool as the allocated first wireless resource.
可选的,处理器 410,具体用于对于每一次采用 D2D通信模式的数据传输, 动态为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 或, 根据预先配置的半静态分配 策略为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 半静态分配策略是每一次非授权 频谱处于可用状态时对非授权频谱的第一无线资源的分配策略。 Optionally, the processor 410 is specifically configured to, for each data transmission using the D2D communication mode, dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE; or, allocate the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy The semi-static allocation strategy for the first wireless resource of the spectrum is a strategy for allocating the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum each time the unlicensed spectrum is available.
本实施例中, 主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间可以采用 HARQ技术进行数据 传输, 则主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ新传输时动态为至少一个从 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 对于数据的 HARQ 反馈可以通过非授权频谱的第五无线资源或授权频谱的第六无线资源进行反 馈, 第五无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈, 第六无线资源用于 在授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈。 比如, 使用 PCell的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行 反馈或 SCell上的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈, 本实施例不作限定。 In this embodiment, HARQ technology can be used for data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE, and then the master UE can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum for at least one slave UE at each new HARQ transmission, and allocate The manner is as described above and will not be repeated here. The HARQ feedback for data can be fed back through the fifth radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum or the sixth radio resource of the licensed spectrum, the fifth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the unlicensed spectrum, and the sixth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the licensed spectrum Uplink transmits HARQ feedback. For example, the PUCCH or PUSCH of the PCell is used for feedback or the PUCCH or PUSCH of the SCell is used for feedback, which is not limited in this embodiment.
本实施例中, 主 UE可以在每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时根据预先配 置的半静态分配策略为至少一个从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 无需 对每一次的 HARQ新传输动态分配第一无线资源。 其中, 根据半静态分配策 略分配第一无线资源的分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 具体地, 主 UE可以 通过 RRC信令分别为每一个从 UE配置第一无线资源的周期, 再通过 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH分别向每一个从 UE发送半静态分配策略。 由于 SCell上的数据传 输仅在非授权频谱处于可用状态才进行, 因此, 周期仅仅在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时生效。 In this embodiment, the master UE can allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least one slave UE according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy every time the unlicensed spectrum is in the available state. Allocate a first radio resource. Wherein, the allocation manner of allocating the first wireless resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy is as described above, and will not be repeated here. Specifically, the master UE can configure the period of the first radio resource for each slave UE through RRC signaling, and then send a semi-static allocation strategy to each slave UE through PDCCH or EPDCCH. Since the data transmission on the SCell is only performed when the unlicensed spectrum is available, the cycle only takes effect when the unlicensed spectrum is available.
需要补充说明的是,若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至 少一个从 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 且主 UE动态分配第一无线资源或 eNB 根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 则控制信令需要在 eNB和其他 eNB 共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 且 eNB和其他 eNB各自使用第三无线资源给 主 UE和从 UE发送控制信令时所在的时隙相同, 频率可以不同, 以便每一个 从 UE在接收到控制信令后, 根据控制信令确定的时隙从第一无线资源上传输 数据。 It should be added that if at least one of the slave UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by other eNBs, and the master UE dynamically allocates the first radio resource or eNB The first radio resource is allocated according to the semi-static allocation strategy, then the control signaling needs to be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, and the eNB and other eNB use the third radio resource to send the control signal to the master UE and the slave UE respectively The timing slots are the same, and the frequencies may be different, so that after each slave UE receives the control signaling, it transmits data on the first radio resource according to the slot determined by the control signaling.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至少一个从 UE由其他 eNB提供服务且主 UE根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 由于从 UE是 根据非授权频谱的可用时间确定数据传输的时隙的, 而不是控制信令, 因此, 控制信令可以在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 也可以不在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送。 比如, eNB和其他 eNB可以 在不同无线帧的同一个子帧位置各自向主 UE和从 UE发送控制信令, 从而采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据的主 UE和从 UE在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一 无线资源时可以使用第一无线资源进行数据传输。对于控制信令的上述两种发 送方式本实施例不作限定。 If at least one of the slave UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by other eNBs and the master UE allocates the first radio resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy, since the slave UE determines the data transmission according to the available time of the unlicensed spectrum time slot, instead of the control signaling, therefore, the control signaling may be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, or may not be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource. For example, the eNB and other eNBs can respectively send control signaling to the master UE and the slave UE at the same subframe position in different radio frames, so that the master UE and the slave UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data share the first station between the eNB and other eNBs. When using the wireless resource, the first wireless resource may be used for data transmission. This embodiment does not limit the above two ways of sending the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信装置, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 To sum up, the device communication device provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state; generates a control corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode.
另外, 通过在非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 使得 UE在不能直接将数据发送给其他 UE时, 可 以将数据发送给 eNB, 由 eNB将接收到的数据转发给其他 UE, 实现了 UE之 间的数据传输。 请参见图 5 , 其示出了本发明一个实施例提供的设备通信方法的方法流程 图。 该设备通信方法可以用于目标设备中, 包括: In addition, when the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, so that when the UE cannot directly send data to other UEs, the data can be sent to the eNB, and the eNB will send the data to the eNB. The received data is forwarded to other UEs, realizing data transmission between UEs. Please refer to FIG. 5, which shows a method flowchart of a device communication method provided by an embodiment of the present invention. The device communication method can be used in the target device, including:
步骤 501 , 在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一 无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; Step 501, when the unlicensed spectrum is available, allocate the first part of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE Wireless resources, the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或 UE与 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线接入 系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB And/or the UE is far away or the power is low, etc., the unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between the eNB and the UE or between the UE and the UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
目标设备在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态后, 即可为 UE分配非授权频谱 的第一无线资源。 比如, 频率区域是 5170-5190MHZ的非授权频谱处于可用状 态,则目标设备可以在 5170-5190MHZ中选取出 5170-5175MHz频率区域的 PRB 用于采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 再在 5170-5175MHZ频率区域的 PRB 中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源;或, 目标设备可以直接在 5170-5190MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB 作为供 UE使用的第一无线资源,用于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不同的 D2D通信的 UE可以选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB, 本实施例不限定目标设备分配第一无线资源的分配方式, 也不限定 D2D通信 使用小区的上行资源还是下行资源。 After determining that the unlicensed spectrum is available, the target device can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE. For example, if the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region 5170-5190MHZ is available, the target device can select the PRB in the 5170-5175MHz frequency region from the 5170-5190MHZ for data transmission in the D2D communication mode, and then select the PRB in the 5170-5175MHZ frequency Select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the PRBs in the region as the first radio resource for the UE; or, the target device can directly select the PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from the 5170-5190MHz as the first radio resource for the UE. Radio resources, the frequency resources used for D2D communication can also be discontinuous, for different D2D communication UEs can select PRBs in different frequency regions in 5170-5190MHz, this embodiment does not limit the allocation of the first radio resource to the target device The method does not limit whether the D2D communication uses the uplink resource or the downlink resource of the cell.
步骤 502, 根据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制 信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; Step 502: Generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource;
为了使 UE明确为 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 目标设备需要 获取第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到控制信令中发送给 UE。 其中,指示信息用于指示 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 本发明中时隙指传输时间间隔 ΤΉ, 即一个调度时间单位, 在 LTE中 1个 TTI 对应于一个子帧, 占用 lms的时间, 包括两个时槽。 In order for the UE to specify the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated to the UE, the target device needs to obtain indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling and send it to the UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot the UE sends or receives data from which frequency region. In the present invention, a time slot refers to a transmission time interval ΤΉ, that is, a scheduling time unit. In LTE, one TTI corresponds to one subframe, occupies 1 ms of time, and includes two time slots.
步骤 503, 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无 线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 Step 503, sending control signaling to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
目标设备将控制信令发送给 UE之后, UE即可根据控制信令中的指示信 息确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the target device sends the control signaling to the UE, the UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信方法, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 请参见图 6, 其示出了本发明另一实施例提供的设备通信方法的方法流程 图。 该设备通信方法可以用于目标设备中, 本实施例以目标设备是蜂窝网络中 的 eNB为例进行说明, 该 eNB可以是微基站或小基站或宏基站, 通常上述不 同类型的基站发射功率和覆盖范围不同。 设备通信方法, 包括: To sum up, in the device communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum is allocated to the UE; signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information used to indicate the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE operates on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information The D2D communication mode is used to realize data transmission, and the D2D communication mode can be used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additionally allocating wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem of eNB being D2D The wireless resources allocated by the UEs in the communication mode are difficult to meet the ever-increasing spectrum demand, which leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode . Please refer to FIG. 6, which shows a method flowchart of a device communication method provided by another embodiment of the present invention. The device communication method can be used in the target device. In this embodiment, the target device is an eNB in a cellular network as an example. The eNB can be a micro base station, a small base station, or a macro base station. Usually, the different types of base station transmit power and Coverage varies. Device communication methods, including:
步骤 601 , 在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一 无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; Step 601, when the unlicensed spectrum is available, allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, and the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
本实施例中, eNB需要分别为至少两个 UE中的每一个 UE配置载波。 具 体地, eNB可以将 PCell配置在授权频语的频段, SCell配置在非授权频谱的频 段, 并将各个小区的载波配置信息发送给 UE。 在载波配置完成后, eNB需要 确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及至少两个 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模 式进行数据传输。 以至少两个 UE分别是第一 UE和第二 UE为例进行说明, 则 eNB可以分别向第一 UE和第二 UE下发测量配置, 测量配置可以和配置载 波使用同一个消息或者不同的消息发送给第一 UE和第二 UE。第一 UE和第二 UE根据测量配置分别将测量得到的测量结果发送给 eNB, eNB根据测量结果 确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及至少两个 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模 式进行数据传输。 In this embodiment, the eNB needs to configure a carrier for each of at least two UEs. Specifically, the eNB can configure the PCell in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, configure the SCell in the frequency band of the unlicensed spectrum, and send the carrier configuration information of each cell to the UE. After the carrier configuration is completed, the eNB needs to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode for data transmission. Taking at least two UEs as the first UE and the second UE as an example, the eNB can send the measurement configuration to the first UE and the second UE respectively, and the measurement configuration can use the same message or a different message from the configured carrier sent to the first UE and the second UE. The first UE and the second UE respectively send the measured measurement results to the eNB according to the measurement configuration, and the eNB determines whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode for data transmission according to the measurement results.
eNB在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态且至少两个 UE之间可以采用 D2D 通信模式传输数据后, 即可为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 After determining that the unlicensed spectrum is available and at least two UEs can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data, the eNB can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE.
第一, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: First, allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, including:
若目标设备是 eNB且 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE ,则确定处 于可用状态的非授权频谱, 将所确定的非授权频谱中选取出的非授权频谱的第 一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 If the target device is an eNB and there is no UE that is served by other eNBs among the UEs, determine an available unlicensed spectrum, and use the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the determined unlicensed spectrum as the allocated A first wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE均由 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB可以直接为该至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 具体地, eNB 可以确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱资源, 比如, eNB 确定频率区域是 5170-5190MHz的非授权频谱处于可用状态; eNB将所确定的非授权频谱中选 取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源, 比如, eNB 在 5170-5190MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第 一无线资源。 If at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission are served by the eNB, the eNB may directly allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the at least two UEs. Specifically, the eNB can determine the unlicensed spectrum resources in the available state, for example, the eNB determines that the frequency region is The unlicensed spectrum of 5170-5190MHz is available; the eNB uses the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the determined unlicensed spectrum as the first wireless resource allocated, for example, the eNB selects 5170 from 5170-5190MHz - PRBs in the 5172 MHz frequency region are used as the first radio resource for the UE.
第二, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: Second, allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, including:
若目标设备是 eNB且 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服务的 UE,则 与其他 eNB进行分配协商,将协商得到的 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用的非授权 频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 If the target device is an eNB and there is at least one UE served by other eNBs among the UEs, carry out allocation negotiation with other eNBs, and use the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum jointly occupied by the eNB and other eNBs obtained through negotiation as the allocated first radio resource A wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE中存在至少一个 UE由 其他 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB在分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源时, 还需要与 该其他 eNB进行协商。其中,作为目标设备的 eNB指为 UE提供 PCell和非授 权频谱上 SCell的 eNB, 其他 eNB指至少使用非授权频谱的其他 eNB, eNB 和其他 eNB可以相邻且提供不同的小区, 比如, 第一 eNB和第二 eNB; 或, eNB和其他 eNB可以提供基站间载波聚合的小区, 比如, 主 eNB和辅 eNB。 If at least one of the at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by another eNB, the eNB also needs to negotiate with the other eNB when allocating the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum. Among them, the eNB serving as the target device refers to the eNB that provides PCell and SCell on the unlicensed spectrum for the UE, and other eNBs refer to other eNBs that use at least unlicensed spectrum. The eNB and other eNBs can be adjacent and provide different cells. For example, the first The eNB and the second eNB; or, the eNB and other eNBs may provide a cell for inter-eNB carrier aggregation, for example, the primary eNB and the secondary eNB.
具体地, eNB通过诸如 X2接口之类的基站之间的接口将自身可以占用的 无线资源的信息添加到协商信息中发送给其他 eNB, 其他 eNB在协商信息所 指示的无线资源中确定该其他 eNB 可以占用的无线资源, 并将确定的无线资 源作为第一无线资源, 其他 eNB再将确定的第一无线资源通知给 eNB。 Specifically, the eNB adds the information of the wireless resources that it can occupy to the negotiation information through an interface between base stations such as the X2 interface and sends it to other eNBs, and the other eNBs determine the wireless resources of the other eNBs in the wireless resources indicated by the negotiation information. The radio resource may be occupied, and the determined radio resource is used as the first radio resource, and the other eNB notifies the eNB of the determined first radio resource.
假设 eNB向第一 UE提供服务, 其他 eNB向第二 UE提供服务, 则 eNB 根据确定的第三无线资源向第一 UE发送控制信令, 同时, 其他 eNB根据确定 的第三无线资源向第二 UE发送控制信令, 第一 UE和第二 UE在接收到控制 信令之后在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 Assuming that the eNB provides services to the first UE, and other eNBs provide services to the second UE, the eNB sends control signaling to the first UE according to the determined third radio resources, and at the same time, other eNBs send control signaling to the second UE according to the determined third radio resources. The UE sends the control signaling, and after receiving the control signaling, the first UE and the second UE perform data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource.
需要说明的是,采用 D2D通信模式传输数据的 UE应该处于相同的不连续 接收 DRX状态,例如第一 UE和第二 UE均处于活动时间期间才能够接收控制 信令。 It should be noted that the UEs that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data should be in the same discontinuous reception DRX state, for example, the first UE and the second UE can only receive control signaling during the active time.
第三, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: Third, allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, including:
对于每一次采用 D2D通信模式的数据传输,动态为 UE分配非授权频谱的 第一无线资源; 或, For each data transmission using the D2D communication mode, dynamically allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE; or,
根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 半静态分配策略是每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时对非授权频谱的第一无 线资源的分配策略。 本实施例中, UE之间可以采用 HARQ技术进行数据传输, 则 eNB可以在 每一次 HARQ新传输时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 对于数据的 HARQ反馈可以通过非授权频 谱的第五无线资源或授权频谱的第六无线资源进行反馈, 第五无线资源用于在 非授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈, 第六无线资源用于在授权频谱上传输 HARQ 反馈。 比如, 使用 PCell的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈或 SCell上的 PUCCH 或 PUSCH进行反馈, 本实施例不作限定。 The first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum is allocated to the UE according to a pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy. The semi-static allocation strategy is an allocation strategy for the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum each time the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state. In this embodiment, the HARQ technology can be used for data transmission between UEs, and the eNB can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs at each new HARQ transmission. The allocation method is as described above, here I won't go into details. The HARQ feedback for data can be fed back through the fifth radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum or the sixth radio resource of the licensed spectrum, the fifth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the unlicensed spectrum, and the sixth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the licensed spectrum transmit HARQ feedback. For example, the PUCCH or PUSCH of the PCell is used for feedback or the PUCCH or PUSCH of the SCell is used for feedback, which is not limited in this embodiment.
当 HARQ反馈指示某一次的新传输数据丟失了,则需要进行 HARQ重传。 eNB可以在每一次 HARQ重传时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无 线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述; 或, eNB可以在每一次 HARQ重 传时使用上一次 HARQ重传或 HARQ新传输时分配的第一无线资源。 When the HARQ feedback indicates that a certain new transmission data is lost, HARQ retransmission is required. The eNB can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum for at least two UEs at each HARQ retransmission, the allocation method is as described above, and will not be described here; or, the eNB can use the last time at each HARQ retransmission The first radio resource allocated during HARQ retransmission or HARQ new transmission.
本实施例中, eNB可以在每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时根据预先配置 的半静态分配策略为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 无需对每 一次的 HARQ新传输动态分配第一无线资源。 其中, 根据半静态分配策略分 配第一无线资源的分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 具体地, eNB 可以通过 RRC信令分别为每一个 UE 配置第一无线资源的周期, 再通过 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH分别向每一个 UE发送半静态分配策略。 由于 SCell上的数据传输仅 在非授权频谱处于可用状态才进行, 因此, 周期仅仅在非授权频谱处于可用状 态时生效。 In this embodiment, the eNB can allocate the first radio resources of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy each time the unlicensed spectrum is available, without dynamically allocating each new HARQ transmission A first wireless resource. Wherein, the allocation manner of allocating the first wireless resource according to the semi-static allocation policy is as described above, and will not be repeated here. Specifically, the eNB may respectively configure the period of the first radio resource for each UE through RRC signaling, and then send a semi-static allocation strategy to each UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH. Since the data transmission on the SCell is only performed when the unlicensed spectrum is available, the cycle only takes effect when the unlicensed spectrum is available.
步骤 602, 根据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制 信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; Step 602: Generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource;
为了使 UE明确为 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, eNB需要获取 第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到与 UE对应的控制信令中发送 给 UE。 其中, 指示信息用于指示 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或 接收数据。 In order for the UE to specify the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated to the UE, the eNB needs to obtain the indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling corresponding to the UE and send it to the UE. Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot the UE sends or receives data from which frequency region.
由于采用 D2D通信模式传输数据时, UE在同一时刻只能执行接收操作或 发送操作, 因此, eNB还需要在控制信令中指示 UE的操作类型。 比如, 当第 一 UE发送数据、 第二 UE接收数据时, 与第一 UE对应的控制信令用于指示 第一 UE在某一个时隙从某一个频率区域发送数据, 与第二 UE对应的控制信 令用于指示第二 UE某一个时隙从某一个频率区域接收数据。 或者预先配置第 一 UE在第一类时隙发送数据, 第二 UE在第一类时隙接收数据, 以及第一 UE 在第二类时隙接收数据, 第二 UE在第二类时隙发送数据, 其中第一类时隙和 第二类时隙不同, 它们共同组成全部时隙或部分时隙, 则第一 UE和第二 UE 根据所预先配置的时隙位置发送和接收数据, 就不用 eNB 通过控制信令指示 UE的操作类型。 Since when data is transmitted in the D2D communication mode, the UE can only perform a receiving operation or a sending operation at the same time, therefore, the eNB also needs to indicate the operation type of the UE in the control signaling. For example, when the first UE sends data and the second UE receives data, the control signaling corresponding to the first UE is used to instruct the first UE to send data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot, and the control signaling corresponding to the second UE The control signaling is used to instruct the second UE to receive data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot. Or pre-configure the first UE to send data in the first type of time slot, the second UE to receive data in the first type of time slot, and the first UE Receive data in the second type of time slot, and the second UE sends data in the second type of time slot, wherein the first type of time slot and the second type of time slot are different, and they together form all time slots or part of time slots, then the first UE and the second UE to send and receive data according to the preconfigured time slot position, and the eNB does not need to indicate the operation type of the UE through control signaling.
步骤 603, 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无 线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输。 Step 603, sending control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information.
eNB将控制信令发送给 UE之后, UE即可根据控制信令中的指示信息确 定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the eNB sends the control signaling to the UE, the UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
其中, 向 UE发送控制信令, 包括: Wherein, sending the control signaling to the UE includes:
通过 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源向 UE发送控制信令;或, 通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向 UE发送控制信令, 第三无线资源由控 制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 控制信令指示信息是 eNB在 eNB为 UE配 置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 Send the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or, send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum, and the third radio resource is indicated by the control signaling or pre-set The configuration determines that the control signaling indication information is sent by the eNB on the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE.
为了保证 UE能够正确接收到控制信令, 以提高传输控制信令的可靠性, eNB可以配置授权频谱的第二无线资源用于发送控制信令。 本实施例中, 由于 PCell 配置在授权频谱的频段, 因此, eNB 可以通过 PCell 上的 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH向 UE发送控制信令。 或, In order to ensure that the UE can correctly receive the control signaling, so as to improve the reliability of transmitting the control signaling, the eNB may configure the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum for sending the control signaling. In this embodiment, since the PCell is configured in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, the eNB can send control signaling to the UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH on the PCell. or,
为了进一步避免或减少 UE对第二无线资源的占用, 以节省授权频谱上的 资源, eNB还可以在检测到非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 通过为 UE分配的第 三无线资源向 UE发送与 UE对应的控制信令。 此时, 为了使 UE明确在哪一 个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, eNB还需要预先在授权频谱的第二无 线资源上向 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 该控制信令指示信息用于指示 UE在 哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令; 或, eNB可以对 UE接收控制信 令的时隙和资源进行预先配置, UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个 频率区域接收控制信令。 其中, 第一无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输数据, 第三无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输控制信令。 In order to further avoid or reduce the occupation of the second radio resource by the UE, so as to save resources on the licensed spectrum, the eNB may also send a message to the UE through the third radio resource allocated to the UE when it detects that the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state. Corresponding control signaling. At this time, in order for the UE to clearly receive the control signaling from which frequency region in which time slot, the eNB also needs to send control signaling indication information to the UE in advance on the second radio resource of the licensed frequency spectrum. The control signaling indication information It is used to indicate in which time slot the UE receives the control signaling from which frequency region; or, the eNB can pre-configure the time slot and resources for the UE to receive the control signaling, and the UE determines which time slot to use from which frequency region according to the pre-configuration. One frequency region receives control signaling. Wherein, the first wireless resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum, and the third wireless resource is used to transmit control signaling on the unlicensed spectrum.
具体地, 通过第一无线资源向 UE发送控制信令, 包括: Specifically, sending the control signaling to the UE through the first radio resource includes:
当目标设备是 eNB时, 通过第二无线资源向 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 再通过控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE 在控制信令指示信息确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 When the target device is an eNB, send the control signaling indication information to the UE through the second radio resource, and then send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information, so that the UE will Receive control signaling on the third radio resource.
具体地, eNB可以预先在非授权频谱上为至少两个 UE分配发送控制信令 的第三无线资源, 并将用于指示该第三无线资源的指示信息添加到控制信令指 示信息中, 通过第二无线资源分别向每一个 UE发送控制信令指示信息, 再在 第三无线资源上分别向每一个 UE发送与该 UE对应的控制信令, UE根据接收 到的控制信令指示信息确定接收控制信令的第三无线资源, 并在确定的第三无 线资源上接收控制信令。 Specifically, the eNB may pre-allocate at least two UEs on the unlicensed spectrum to send control signaling the third radio resource, and add the indication information for indicating the third radio resource to the control signaling indication information, send the control signaling indication information to each UE respectively through the second radio resource, and then in the third radio Send control signaling corresponding to the UE to each UE on the resource, and the UE determines a third radio resource for receiving the control signaling according to the received control signaling indication information, and receives the control signaling on the determined third radio resource make.
需要补充说明的是, 本实施例提供的方法还包括: It should be added that the method provided in this embodiment also includes:
每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量; Detecting the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals;
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则指示 UE采用 D2D 通信模式实现数据传输; If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the D2D communication mode to realize data transmission;
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件, 则指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 该小区通信模式是指 UE通过 eNB进行数据传输。 If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission. The cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
由于 UE能否在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传输数据不仅依赖于非 授权频谱资源是否处于可用状态, 还依赖于非授权频谱的信号质量, 因此, 为 了避免非授权频谱的信号质量较差导致 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, eNB 可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量或每隔预定时间指示 UE检测非 授权频谱的信号质量。 Since whether the UE can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data on the first radio resource not only depends on whether the unlicensed spectrum resource is available, but also depends on the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum, therefore, in order to avoid poor signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum For the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs, the eNB may detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time or instruct the UE to detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time.
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则 eNB 确定继续采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设 条件, 则 eNB确定采用小区通信模式传输数据, 即第一 UE通过第二无线资源 将数据发送给 eNB , eNB再通过第二无线资源将接收到的数据转发给第二 UE; 或者第一 UE通过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再进一步把数据发送 到核心网和应用服务器, 由应用服务器和核心网再通过 eNB或其他 eNB转发 给第二 UE, 以实现 UE之间的数据传输。 其中, 预设条件可以包括: 非授权 频谱的不可用时长小于或等于第一阈值和非授权频谱的无线条件低于门限值 的时长小于或等于第二阈值中的至少一种。当然,还可以对预设条件进行修改, 本实施例不对预设条件进行限定。 If the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, the eNB determines to continue using the D2D communication mode to transmit data; if the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, the eNB determines to use the cell communication mode for transmission Data, that is, the first UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB forwards the received data to the second UE through the second radio resource; or the first UE sends the data to the eNB through the second radio resource, The eNB further sends the data to the core network and the application server, and the application server and the core network forward the data to the second UE through the eNB or other eNBs, so as to realize data transmission between UEs. Wherein, the preset condition may include: at least one of: the unlicensed spectrum unavailable duration is less than or equal to the first threshold and the duration of the unlicensed spectrum radio condition lower than the threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold. Certainly, the preset conditions may also be modified, and this embodiment does not limit the preset conditions.
需要补充说明的是, 若采用 D2D 通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE 中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 且 eNB动态分配第一无线资源或 eNB根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 则控制信令需要在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 且 eNB和其他 eNB分别使用第三无线资 源给 UE发送控制信令时所在的时隙相同, 频率可以不同, 以便每一个 UE在 接收到控制信令后, 根据控制信令确定的时隙从第一无线资源上传输数据。 若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的至少两个 UE中存在至少一个 UE由 其他 eNB提供服务且 eNB根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 由于 UE 是根据非授权频谱的可用时间确定数据传输的时隙的,而不是控制信令,因此, 控制信令可以在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 也可以不在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送。 比如, eNB和其他 eNB可以 在不同无线帧的同一个子帧位置各自向第一 UE和第二 UE发送控制信令, 从 而采用 D2D通信模式传输数据的第一 UE和第二 UE在 eNB和其他 eNB共同 占用第一无线资源时可以使用第一无线资源进行数据传输。对于控制信令的上 述两种发送方式本实施例不作限定。 It should be added that if at least one of the at least two UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by another eNB, and the eNB dynamically allocates the first radio resource or the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to a semi-static allocation strategy , the control signaling needs to be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, and the eNB and other eNBs respectively use the third radio resource to send the control signaling to the UE in the same time slot, and the frequency can be different, so that each A UE is in After receiving the control signaling, transmit data from the first radio resource in the time slot determined according to the control signaling. If there is at least one of the at least two UEs that use the D2D communication mode for data transmission to be served by another eNB and the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy, since the UE determines the data transmission according to the available time of the unlicensed spectrum The time slot is not the control signaling. Therefore, the control signaling may be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, or may not be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource. For example, the eNB and other eNBs can respectively send control signaling to the first UE and the second UE at the same subframe position in different radio frames, so that the first UE and the second UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data are connected between the eNB and other eNBs. When the first wireless resource is jointly occupied, the first wireless resource may be used for data transmission. This embodiment does not limit the above two transmission modes of the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信方法, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 To sum up, in the device communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum is allocated to the UE; signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode.
另外, 通过在非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 使得 UE在不能直接将数据发送给其他 UE时, 可 以将数据发送给 eNB, 由 eNB将接收到的数据转发给其他 UE, 实现了 UE之 间的数据传输。 请参见图 7, 其示出了本发明另一实施例提供的设备通信方法的方法流程 图。 该设备通信方法可以用于主 UE中, 则实施例中未声明是主 UE的 UE都 是从 UE,且主 UE与从 UE可以通过动态指定或通过半静态分配策略指定。设 备通信方法包括: In addition, when the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, so that when the UE cannot directly send data to other UEs, the data can be sent to the eNB, and the eNB will send the data to the eNB. The received data is forwarded to other UEs, realizing data transmission between UEs. Please refer to FIG. 7, which shows a method flowchart of a device communication method provided by another embodiment of the present invention. This device communication method can be used in the master UE, and the UEs that are not declared as the master UE in the embodiment are all slave UEs, and the master UE and the slave UE can be specified dynamically or through a semi-static allocation strategy. Device communication methods include:
步骤 701 , 在非授权频谱处于可用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一 无线资源, 该非授权频谱是指供各个无线接入系统竟争使用的频谱; Step 701, when the unlicensed spectrum is available, allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, and the unlicensed spectrum refers to the spectrum used by various wireless access systems for competition;
本实施例中, eNB需要分别为主 UE和至少一个从 UE中的每一个从 UE 配置载波。 具体地, eNB可以将 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段, SCell配置在非 授权频谱的频段, 并将各个小区的载波配置信息发送给主 UE 和至少一个从 UE。 在载波配置完成后, eNB 需要确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间能否采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 In this embodiment, the eNB needs to be the master UE and each of the at least one slave UE respectively Configure the carrier. Specifically, the eNB may configure the PCell in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, configure the SCell in the frequency band of the unlicensed spectrum, and send the carrier configuration information of each cell to the master UE and at least one slave UE. After the carrier configuration is completed, the eNB needs to determine whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether the D2D communication mode can be used for data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE.
以主 UE和从 UE为例进行说明, 则 eNB可以分别向主 UE和从 UE下发 测量配置, 测量配置可以和配置载波使用同一个消息或者不同的消息发送给主 UE和从 UE。 主 UE和从 UE根据测量配置分别将测量得到的测量结果发送给 eNB, eNB根据测量结果确定非授权频谱是否处于可用状态以及主 UE和从 UE 之间能否采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输。 Taking the master UE and the slave UE as an example for illustration, the eNB can send the measurement configuration to the master UE and the slave UE respectively, and the measurement configuration and the configured carrier can be sent to the master UE and the slave UE using the same message or a different message. The master UE and the slave UE send the measured measurement results to the eNB respectively according to the measurement configuration, and the eNB determines whether the unlicensed spectrum is available and whether the D2D communication mode can be used for data transmission between the master UE and the slave UE according to the measurement results.
非授权频谱的可用状态至少包含两种情况,一种情况是非授权频谱处于空 闲状态, 未被其他无线接入系统占用; 一种情况是尽管其他无线接入系统占用 了非授权频段, 但距离 eNB和 /或 UE较远或者功率较低等情况, eNB与 UE 之间或主 UE与从 UE之间仍然可以使用非授权频谱正常通信且不对其他无线 接入系统造成严重干扰。 The available state of the unlicensed spectrum includes at least two situations. One situation is that the unlicensed spectrum is idle and not occupied by other wireless access systems; the other situation is that although other wireless access systems occupy the unlicensed frequency band, the distance from the eNB And/or the UE is far away or the power is low, etc., the unlicensed spectrum can still be used for normal communication between the eNB and the UE or between the master UE and the slave UE without causing serious interference to other wireless access systems.
主 UE在确定非授权频谱处于可用状态且主 UE和从 UE之间可以采用 D2D通信模式传输数据后, 即可为从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。 After the master UE determines that the unlicensed spectrum is available and the D2D communication mode can be used to transmit data between the master UE and the slave UE, it can allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the slave UE.
第一, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: First, allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, including:
若目标设备是主 UE且从 UE中不存在由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则 接收 eNB 分配的非授权频谱资源池, 非授权频谱资源池包括处于可用状态的 非授权频谱, 将从非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作 为分配的第一无线资源。 If the target device is the master UE and there is no slave UE served by other eNBs among the slave UEs, receive the unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool includes unlicensed spectrum in an available state, The first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the spectrum resource pool is used as the allocated first radio resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的每一个从 UE均由 eNB提供服务, 则主 UE可以直接为该每一个从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源。具体地, eNB 可以确定处于可用状态的非授权频谱资源, 比如, eNB 确定频率区域是 5170-5190MHz的非授权频谱处于可用状态; eNB再在处于可用状态的非授权 频谱中确定非授权频谱资源池, 将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 比 如, 非授权频谱资源池是频率区域为 5170-5175MHZ的无线资源; 主 UE接收 eNB分配的非授权频谱资源池,将所确定的非授权频谱资源池中选取出的非授 权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源, 比如, 主 UE 在 5170-5175MHz中选取出 5170-5172MHz频率区域的 PRB作为供 UE使用的第 一无线资源。 用于 D2D通信的频率资源也可以是不连续的, 对于不同的 D2D 通信的主 UE可以选择 5170-5190MHz中不同频率区域的 PRB。 If each slave UE that uses the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by the eNB, the master UE can directly allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to each slave UE. Specifically, the eNB can determine the unlicensed spectrum resources that are available. For example, the eNB determines that the unlicensed spectrum in the frequency region of 5170-5190 MHz is available; the eNB then determines the unlicensed spectrum resource pool in the available unlicensed spectrum , allocate the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the main UE, for example, the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is a wireless resource with a frequency area of 5170-5175MHZ; the main UE receives the unlicensed spectrum resource pool allocated by the eNB, and allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool The first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected in the spectrum resource pool is used as the first radio resource allocated, for example, the primary UE selects a PRB in the 5170-5172MHz frequency region from 5170-5175MHz as the first radio resource used by the UE . The frequency resources used for D2D communication can also be discontinuous, for different D2D The main UE in communication can select PRBs in different frequency regions in 5170-5190MHz.
第二, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: Second, allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, including:
若目标设备是主 UE且从 UE中存在至少一个由其他 eNB提供服务的从 UE, 则接收向主 UE提供服务的 eNB发送的非授权频谱资源池, 非授权频谱 资源池是 eNB与其他 eNB进行分配协商后确定共同占用的, 将从非授权频谱 资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 If the target device is a master UE and there is at least one slave UE that is served by other eNBs in the slave UEs, then receive the unlicensed spectrum resource pool sent by the eNB that provides services to the master UE. If it is determined to be jointly occupied after the allocation negotiation, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool is used as the allocated first wireless resource.
若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至少一个 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 则 eNB在分配非授权频谱资源池时, 还需要与该其他 eNB进 行协商。 其中, eNB指为主 UE提供 PCell和非授权频谱上 SCell的 eNB, 其 他 eNB指至少使用非授权频谱的其他 eNB, eNB和其他 eNB可以相邻且提供 不同的小区, 比如, 第一 eNB和第二 eNB; 或, eNB和其他 eNB可以提供基 站间载波聚合的小区, 比如, 主 eNB和辅 eNB。 If there is at least one UE among the slave UEs that use the D2D communication mode for data transmission to be served by other eNBs, the eNB also needs to negotiate with the other eNBs when allocating the unlicensed spectrum resource pool. Among them, eNB refers to the eNB that provides PCell and SCell on the unlicensed spectrum for the main UE, and other eNBs refer to other eNBs that use at least unlicensed spectrum. The eNB and other eNBs can be adjacent and provide different cells. For example, the first eNB and the second eNB Two eNBs; or, the eNB and other eNBs can provide a cell for carrier aggregation between base stations, for example, a primary eNB and a secondary eNB.
具体地, eNB通过诸如 X2接口之类的基站之间的接口将自身可以占用的 无线资源的信息添加到协商信息中发送给其他 eNB, 其他 eNB在协商信息所 指示的无线资源中确定该其他 eNB 可以占用的无线资源, 并将共同占用的无 线资源确定为非授权频谱资源池, 其他 eNB 再将确定的非授权频谱资源池通 知给 eNB。 eNB将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 主 UE将从非授权 频谱资源池中选取出的非授权频谱的第一无线资源作为分配的第一无线资源。 假设 eNB向主 UE提供服务, 其他 eNB向从 UE提供服务, 则 eNB将确定的 非授权频谱资源池分配给主 UE, 其他 eNB将确定的非授权频谱资源池分配给 从 UE, 主 UE在非授权频谱资源池中选取出第一无线资源, 根据第一无线资 源生成与从 UE对应的控制信令,将控制信令发送给从 UE,从 UE在接收到控 制信令之后在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式与主 UE进行数据传输。 Specifically, the eNB adds the information of the wireless resources that it can occupy to the negotiation information through an interface between base stations such as the X2 interface and sends it to other eNBs, and the other eNBs determine the wireless resources of the other eNBs in the wireless resources indicated by the negotiation information. radio resources that can be occupied, and determine the jointly occupied radio resources as an unlicensed spectrum resource pool, and then other eNBs notify the eNBs of the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool. The eNB allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the primary UE, and the primary UE uses the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum selected from the unlicensed spectrum resource pool as the allocated first wireless resource. Assuming that the eNB provides services to the master UE, and other eNBs provide services to the slave UE, the eNB allocates the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the master UE, and other eNBs allocate the determined unlicensed spectrum resource pool to the slave UE. Select the first radio resource from the authorized spectrum resource pool, generate control signaling corresponding to the slave UE according to the first radio resource, and send the control signaling to the slave UE, and the slave UE transmits the control signaling on the first radio resource after receiving the control signaling. The upper adopts the D2D communication mode to perform data transmission with the main UE.
需要说明的是,采用 D2D通信模式传输数据的主 UE和从 UE应该处于相 同的不连续接收 DRX状态,例如主 UE和从 UE均处于活动时间期间才能够传 输控制信令。 It should be noted that the master UE and the slave UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data should be in the same discontinuous reception DRX state, for example, the master UE and the slave UE can only transmit control signaling during the active time.
第三, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 包括: Third, allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE, including:
对于每一次采用 D2D通信模式的数据传输,动态为 UE分配非授权频谱的 第一无线资源; 或, For each data transmission using the D2D communication mode, dynamically allocate the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE; or,
根据预先配置的半静态分配策略为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 半静态分配策略是每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时对非授权频谱的第一无 线资源的分配策略。 Allocating the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to the UE according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy, the semi-static allocation strategy is the first unlicensed resource of the unlicensed spectrum each time Strategies for allocating resources.
本实施例中, 主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间可以采用 HARQ技术进行数据 传输, 则主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ新传输时动态为至少一个从 UE分配非授 权频谱的第一无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 对于数据的 HARQ 反馈可以通过非授权频谱的第五无线资源或授权频谱的第六无线资源进行反 馈, 第五无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈, 第六无线资源用于 在授权频谱上传输 HARQ反馈。 比如, 使用 PCell的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行 反馈或 SCell上的 PUCCH或 PUSCH进行反馈, 本实施例不作限定。 In this embodiment, HARQ technology can be used for data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE, and then the master UE can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum for at least one slave UE at each new HARQ transmission, and allocate The manner is as described above and will not be repeated here. The HARQ feedback for data can be fed back through the fifth radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum or the sixth radio resource of the licensed spectrum, the fifth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the unlicensed spectrum, and the sixth radio resource is used to transmit the HARQ feedback on the licensed spectrum Uplink transmits HARQ feedback. For example, the PUCCH or PUSCH of the PCell is used for feedback or the PUCCH or PUSCH of the SCell is used for feedback, which is not limited in this embodiment.
当 HARQ反馈指示某一次的新传输数据丟失了,则需要进行 HARQ重传。 主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ重传时动态为至少两个 UE分配非授权频谱的第一 无线资源, 分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述; 或, 主 UE可以在每一次 HARQ 重传时使用上一次 HARQ重传或 HARQ新传输时分配的第一无线资源。 When the HARQ feedback indicates that a certain new transmission data is lost, HARQ retransmission is required. The primary UE can dynamically allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least two UEs at each HARQ retransmission, the allocation method is as described above, and will not be described here; or, the primary UE can be used at each HARQ retransmission The first radio resource allocated during the last HARQ retransmission or new HARQ transmission.
本实施例中, 主 UE可以在每一次非授权频谱处于可用状态时根据预先配 置的半静态分配策略为至少一个从 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 无需 对每一次的 HARQ新传输动态分配第一无线资源。 其中, 根据半静态分配策 略分配第一无线资源的分配方式如上所述, 此处不赘述。 具体地, 主 UE可以 通过 RRC信令分别为每一个从 UE配置第一无线资源的周期, 再通过 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH分别向每一个从 UE发送半静态分配策略。 由于 SCell上的数据传 输仅在非授权频谱处于可用状态才进行, 因此, 周期仅仅在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时生效。 In this embodiment, the master UE can allocate the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum to at least one slave UE according to the pre-configured semi-static allocation strategy every time the unlicensed spectrum is in the available state. Allocate a first radio resource. Wherein, the allocation manner of allocating the first wireless resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy is as described above, and will not be repeated here. Specifically, the master UE can configure the period of the first radio resource for each slave UE through RRC signaling, and then send a semi-static allocation strategy to each slave UE through PDCCH or EPDCCH. Since the data transmission on the SCell is only performed when the unlicensed spectrum is available, the cycle only takes effect when the unlicensed spectrum is available.
步骤 702, 根据分配的第一无线资源生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制 信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示信息; Step 702: Generate control signaling corresponding to the UE according to the allocated first radio resource, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource;
为了使从 UE明确为从 UE分配的非授权频谱的第一无线资源, 主 UE需 要获取第一无线资源的指示信息, 并将指示信息添加到与从 UE对应的控制信 令中发送给从 UE。 其中, 指示信息用于指示从 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频 率区域发送或接收数据。 本发明中时隙指传输时间间隔 ΤΉ, 即一个调度时间 单位, 在 LTE中 1个 ΤΉ对应于一个子帧, 占用 lms的时间, 包括两个时槽。 In order to make the slave UE specify the first radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum allocated to the slave UE, the master UE needs to obtain the indication information of the first radio resource, and add the indication information to the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE and send it to the slave UE . Wherein, the indication information is used to indicate in which time slot and from which frequency region the UE sends or receives data. In the present invention, a time slot refers to a transmission time interval ΤΉ, that is, a scheduling time unit. In LTE, 1 ΤΉ corresponds to a subframe, occupies 1 ms of time, and includes two time slots.
由于采用 D2D通信模式传输数据时,从 UE在同一时刻只能执行接收操作 或发送操作, 因此, 主 UE还需要在控制信令中指示从 UE的操作类型。 比如, 当主 UE发送数据、 从 UE接收数据时, 与从 UE对应的控制信令用于指示从 UE某一个时隙从某一个频率区域接收数据。 或者预先配置主 UE在第一类时 隙发送数据, 从 UE在第一类时隙接收数据, 以及主 UE在第二类时隙接收数 据, 从 UE在第二类时隙发送数据, 其中第一类时隙和第二类时隙不同, 它们 共同组成全部时隙或部分时隙, 则主 UE和从 UE根据所预先配置的时隙位置 发送和接收数据, 就不用主 UE通过控制信令指示从 UE的操作类型。 Since the slave UE can only perform a receiving operation or a sending operation at the same time when data is transmitted in the D2D communication mode, the master UE also needs to indicate the operation type of the slave UE in the control signaling. For example, when the master UE sends data and receives data from the slave UE, the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE is used to instruct the slave UE to receive data from a certain frequency region in a certain time slot. Or pre-configure the master UE in the first category The slave UE receives data in the first type of time slot, and the master UE receives data in the second type of time slot, and the slave UE sends data in the second type of time slot, wherein the first type of time slot and the second type of time slot Differently, they jointly form all time slots or part of time slots, then the master UE and the slave UE send and receive data according to the preconfigured time slot positions, and the master UE does not need to indicate the operation type of the slave UE through control signaling.
步骤 703, 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无 线资源上采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输; Step 703, sending control signaling to the UE, so that the UE uses the D2D communication mode to implement data transmission on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information;
主 UE将控制信令发送给从 UE之后, 从 UE即可根据控制信令中的指示 信息确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送或接收数据。 After the master UE sends the control signaling to the slave UE, the slave UE can determine which time slot to send or receive data from which frequency region according to the indication information in the control signaling.
其中, 向 UE发送控制信令, 包括: Wherein, sending the control signaling to the UE includes:
通过 eNB为 UE配置的授权频谱的第二无线资源向 UE发送控制信令;或, 通过非授权频谱的第三无线资源向 UE发送控制信令, 第三无线资源由控 制信令指示信息或预先配置确定, 控制信令指示信息是 eNB在 eNB为 UE配 置的授权频谱的第二无线资源上发送。 Send the control signaling to the UE through the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE; or, send the control signaling to the UE through the third radio resource of the unlicensed spectrum, and the third radio resource is indicated by the control signaling or pre-set The configuration determines that the control signaling indication information is sent by the eNB on the second radio resource of the licensed spectrum configured by the eNB for the UE.
为了保证从 UE能够正确接收到控制信令,以提高传输控制信令的可靠性, 主 UE可以通过授权频谱的第二无线资源向从 UE发送控制信令。本实施例中, 由于 PCell配置在授权频谱的频段, 因此, 主 UE可以通过 PCell上的 PDCCH 或 EPDCCH或 PUCCH向从 UE发送控制信令。 或, In order to ensure that the slave UE can correctly receive the control signaling, so as to improve the reliability of transmitting the control signaling, the master UE can send the control signaling to the slave UE through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum. In this embodiment, since the PCell is configured in the frequency band of the licensed spectrum, the master UE can send control signaling to the slave UE through the PDCCH or EPDCCH or PUCCH on the PCell. or,
为了进一步避免或减少主 UE对第二无线资源的占用, 以节省授权频谱上 的资源, 主 UE还可以在检测到非授权频谱处于可用状态且没有其他无线接入 系统在占用非授权频谱的无线资源时, 通过为从 UE分配的第三无线资源向从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令。此时, 为了使主 UE明确在哪一个时隙从哪 一个频率区域发送控制信令以及从 UE明确在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接 收控制信令, eNB 需要预先在授权频谱的第二无线资源上向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 并在授权频谱的第二无线资源上向从 UE发送 控制信令指示信息, 与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息用于指示主 UE在哪一 个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令, 与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息用 于指示从 UE在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令; 或, eNB可以对 主 UE发送控制信令的时隙和资源以及从 UE接收控制信令的时隙和资源进行 预先配置, 主 UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域发送控制 信令,从 UE根据预先配置确定在哪一个时隙从哪一个频率区域接收控制信令。 其中, 第一无线资源用于在非授权频谱上传输数据, 第三无线资源用于在非授 权频谱上传输控制信令。 In order to further avoid or reduce the occupation of the second radio resources by the main UE, so as to save resources on the licensed spectrum, the main UE may also detect that the unlicensed spectrum is available and no other wireless access system is occupying the unlicensed spectrum. resources, the control signaling corresponding to the secondary UE is sent to the secondary UE through the third radio resource allocated for the secondary UE. At this time, in order for the master UE to specify which time slot to send the control signaling from which frequency region and the slave UE to specify which time slot to receive the control signaling from which frequency region, the eNB needs to pre-select the second Send control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE to the master UE on the radio resource, and send control signaling indication information to the slave UE on the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE is used for Indicating which time slot the master UE receives the control signaling from which frequency region, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE is used to indicate which time slot the slave UE receives control signaling from which frequency region; or, The eNB can pre-configure the time slots and resources for the main UE to send control signaling and the time slots and resources for receiving control signaling from the UE, and the main UE determines which time slot and which frequency region to send the control signaling according to the pre-configuration , the UE determines in which time slot to receive the control signaling from which frequency region according to pre-configuration. Among them, the first wireless resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum, and the third wireless resource is used to transmit data on the unlicensed spectrum. Control signaling is transmitted on the right frequency spectrum.
具体地, 通过第一无线资源向 UE发送控制信令, 包括: Specifically, sending the control signaling to the UE through the first radio resource includes:
当目标设备是发送控制信令的主 UE时,确定接收控制信令的 UE是从 UE, 在第二无线资源上接收 eNB发送的控制信令指示信息, 再通过控制信令指示 信息确定的第三无线资源向从 UE发送控制信令, 以便从 UE在控制信令指示 信息确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 When the target device is the master UE that sends the control signaling, it is determined that the UE that receives the control signaling is the slave UE, receives the control signaling indication information sent by the eNB on the second radio resource, and then uses the control signaling indication information to determine the first The third radio resource sends the control signaling to the secondary UE, so that the secondary UE receives the control signaling on the third radio resource determined by the control signaling indication information.
具体地, eNB可以预先在非授权频谱上为主 UE和至少一个从 UE分配发 送控制信令的第三无线资源, 并将用于指示该第三无线资源的指示信息分别添 加到与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息和与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息中, 通过第二无线资源向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息以及通过第 二无线资源向从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 主 UE在控制信 令指示信息所指示的第三无线资源上向每一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制 信令, 每一个从 UE根据接收到的控制信令指示信息确定接收控制信令的第三 无线资源, 并在确定的第三无线资源上接收控制信令。 Specifically, the eNB may pre-allocate a third radio resource for sending control signaling to the master UE and at least one slave UE on the unlicensed spectrum, and add indication information for indicating the third radio resource to the Among the control signaling indication information and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE, the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE is sent to the master UE through the second radio resource, and the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE is sent to the slave UE through the second radio resource. The control signaling indication information corresponding to the UE, the master UE sends the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE to each slave UE on the third radio resource indicated by the control signaling indication information, and each slave UE transmits the control signaling corresponding to the slave UE according to the received control signal The command indication information determines a third radio resource for receiving the control signaling, and receives the control signaling on the determined third radio resource.
步骤 704, 若目标设备是主 UE且 D2D通信模式为广播或组播方式, 则通 过广播或组播方式在第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据; 若存在未接 收到数据的从 UE, 则在授权频谱的第四无线资源上再次向从 UE发送所述数 据。 Step 704, if the target device is the master UE and the D2D communication mode is broadcast or multicast, send data to at least one slave UE on the first wireless resource by broadcast or multicast; if there is a slave UE that has not received the data , then send the data to the secondary UE again on the fourth radio resource of the authorized frequency spectrum.
本实施例中, 当从 UE为一个时, 主 UE可以通过单播方式在第一无线资 源上向该从 UE发送数据, 实现采用 D2D通信模式传输数据。 或, 当从 UE至 少为一个时, 主 UE可以通过广播或组播方式在第一无线资源上向至少一个从 UE发送数据, 从 UE对数据的接收状态进行反馈。 若存在未接收到数据的从 UE, 则主 UE确定不能通过第一无线资源向该从 UE发送数据, 则通过授权频 谱的第二无线资源再次向该从 UE发送数据。 或者, 主 UE也可以通过检测得 到的非授权频谱的信号质量确定从 UE是否接收到数据, 本实施例不限定对未 接收到数据的从 UE的确定方式。 In this embodiment, when there is one slave UE, the master UE can send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a unicast manner, so as to implement data transmission in the D2D communication mode. Or, when there is at least one slave UE, the master UE may send data to at least one slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner, and the slave UE feeds back the receiving status of the data. If there is a slave UE that has not received data, the master UE determines that data cannot be sent to the slave UE through the first radio resource, and then sends data to the slave UE again through the second radio resource of the authorized spectrum. Alternatively, the master UE may also determine whether the slave UE has received data by detecting the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum. This embodiment does not limit the method of determining the slave UE that has not received data.
需要补充说明的是, 主 UE采用何种方式向从 UE发送数据是由控制信令 确定的。 比如, 若控制信令的指示信息包括的是单个从 UE 的 C-RNTI 或 D2D-RNTI, 则指示主 UE通过单播方式在第一无线资源上向从 UE发送数据; 若控制信令的指示信息包括的是 Group RNTI,则指示主 UE通过广播或组播方 式在第一无线资源上向从 UE发送数据。 进一步地, eNB可以向主 UE发送与主 UE对应的控制信令指示信息且通 过广播或组播方式向至少一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令指示信息, 主 UE通过广播或组播方式向至少一个从 UE发送与从 UE对应的控制信令。 It needs to be added that the manner in which the master UE sends data to the slave UE is determined by the control signaling. For example, if the indication information of the control signaling includes the C-RNTI or D2D-RNTI of a single slave UE, then instruct the master UE to send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a unicast manner; if the indication of the control signaling If the information includes the Group RNTI, it instructs the master UE to send data to the slave UE on the first radio resource in a broadcast or multicast manner. Further, the eNB may send the control signaling indication information corresponding to the master UE to the master UE and send the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE to at least one slave UE through broadcast or multicast, and the master UE transmits the control signaling indication information corresponding to the slave UE through broadcast or multicast In a manner, the control signaling corresponding to the secondary UE is sent to at least one secondary UE.
需要补充说明的是, 本实施例提供的方法还包括: It should be added that the method provided in this embodiment also includes:
每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的信号质量; Detecting the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum at predetermined intervals;
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则指示 UE采用 D2D 通信模式实现数据传输; If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the D2D communication mode to realize data transmission;
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件, 则指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 该小区通信模式是指 UE通过 eNB进行数据传输。 If the detection result is that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission. The cell communication mode refers to the UE performing data transmission through the eNB.
由于主 UE和至少一个从 UE能否在第一无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式传 输数据不仅依赖于非授权频谱资源是否处于可用状态,还依赖于非授权频谱的 信号质量, 因此, 为了避免非授权频谱的信号质量较差导致主 UE和至少一个 从 UE之间的通信效率不高的问题, eNB可以每隔预定时间检测非授权频谱的 信号质量或每隔预定时间指示主 UE或从 UE检测非授权频谱的信号质量。 Since whether the master UE and at least one slave UE can use the D2D communication mode to transmit data on the first radio resource not only depends on whether the unlicensed spectrum resource is available, but also depends on the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum, therefore, in order to avoid unlicensed The poor signal quality of the spectrum leads to the problem that the communication efficiency between the master UE and at least one slave UE is not high. The eNB can detect the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time or instruct the master UE or the slave UE to detect the unlicensed spectrum every predetermined time. Signal quality of licensed spectrum.
若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量满足预设条件, 则主 UE确定继续采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据; 若检测结果为非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设 条件, 则主 UE确定采用小区通信模式传输数据, 即主 UE通过第二无线资源 将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再通过第二无线资源将接收到的数据转发给从 UE; 或者主 UE通过第二无线资源将数据发送给 eNB, eNB再进一步把数据发送到 核心网和应用服务器, 由应用服务器和核心网再通过 eNB或其他 eNB转发给 从 UE, 以实现主 UE和至少一个从 UE之间的数据传输。 其中, 预设条件可以 包括: 非授权频谱的不可用时长小于或等于第一阈值和非授权频谱的无线条件 低于门限值的时长小于或等于第二阈值中的至少一种。 当然, 还可以对预设条 件进行修改, 本实施例不对预设条件进行限定。 If the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum meets the preset conditions, the main UE determines to continue to use the D2D communication mode to transmit data; if the detection result shows that the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset conditions, the main UE determines to use cell communication Data transmission mode, that is, the master UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB forwards the received data to the slave UE through the second radio resource; or the master UE sends data to the eNB through the second radio resource, and the eNB The data is further sent to the core network and the application server, and then forwarded by the application server and the core network to the slave UE through the eNB or other eNBs, so as to realize data transmission between the master UE and at least one slave UE. Wherein, the preset condition may include: at least one of: the unlicensed spectrum unavailable duration is less than or equal to the first threshold and the duration of the unlicensed spectrum wireless condition lower than the threshold is less than or equal to the second threshold. Of course, the preset conditions can also be modified, and this embodiment does not limit the preset conditions.
需要补充说明的是,若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至 少一个从 UE由其他 eNB提供服务, 且主 UE动态分配第一无线资源或 eNB 根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 则控制信令需要在 eNB和其他 eNB 共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 且 eNB和其他 eNB各自使用第三无线资源给 主 UE和从 UE发送控制信令时所在的时隙相同, 频率可以不同, 以便每一个 从 UE在接收到控制信令后, 根据控制信令确定的时隙从第一无线资源上传输 数据。 若采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输的从 UE中存在至少一个从 UE由其他 eNB提供服务且主 UE根据半静态分配策略分配第一无线资源, 由于从 UE是 根据非授权频谱的可用时间确定数据传输的时隙的, 而不是控制信令, 因此, 控制信令可以在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送, 也可以不在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一无线资源时发送。 比如, eNB和其他 eNB可以 在不同无线帧的同一个子帧位置各自向主 UE和从 UE发送控制信令, 从而采 用 D2D通信模式传输数据的主 UE和从 UE在 eNB和其他 eNB共同占用第一 无线资源时可以使用第一无线资源进行数据传输。对于控制信令的上述两种发 送方式本实施例不作限定。 It should be added that if at least one of the slave UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by other eNBs, and the master UE dynamically allocates the first radio resource or the eNB allocates the first radio resource according to a semi-static allocation strategy , the control signaling needs to be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, and the eNB and other eNBs respectively use the third radio resource to send the control signaling to the master UE and the slave UE in the same time slot, and the frequency can be It is different, so that after receiving the control signaling, each slave UE transmits data from the first radio resource in the time slot determined according to the control signaling. If at least one of the slave UEs using the D2D communication mode for data transmission is served by other eNBs and the master UE allocates the first radio resource according to the semi-static allocation strategy, since the slave UE determines the data transmission according to the available time of the unlicensed spectrum time slot, instead of the control signaling, therefore, the control signaling may be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource, or may not be sent when the eNB and other eNBs jointly occupy the first radio resource. For example, the eNB and other eNBs can respectively send control signaling to the master UE and the slave UE at the same subframe position in different radio frames, so that the master UE and the slave UE that use the D2D communication mode to transmit data share the first station between the eNB and other eNBs. When using the wireless resource, the first wireless resource may be used for data transmission. This embodiment does not limit the above two ways of sending the control signaling.
综上所述, 本发明实施例提供的设备通信方法, 通过在非授权频谱处于可 用状态时, 为 UE分配非授权频谱的第一无线资源; 根据分配的第一无线资源 生成与 UE对应的控制信令, 该控制信令携带有用于指示第一无线资源的指示 信息; 向 UE发送控制信令, 以便 UE在根据指示信息确定的第一无线资源上 采用 D2D通信模式实现数据传输, 可以在处于可用状态的非授权频谱的第一 无线资源上采用 D2D通信模式进行数据传输,而不需要额外为 UE分配授权频 谱上的无线资源, 解决了 eNB为 D2D通信模式中的 UE分配的无线资源难以 满足不断增长的频谱需求,导致采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率不高 的问题, 达到了提高采用 D2D通信模式的 UE之间的通信效率的效果。 To sum up, in the device communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, when the unlicensed spectrum is in an available state, the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum is allocated to the UE; signaling, where the control signaling carries indication information for indicating the first radio resource; sending the control signaling to the UE, so that the UE implements data transmission in the D2D communication mode on the first radio resource determined according to the indication information, and may be in The D2D communication mode is used for data transmission on the first wireless resource of the unlicensed spectrum in the available state, without additional allocation of wireless resources on the licensed spectrum for the UE, which solves the problem that the radio resources allocated by the eNB for the UE in the D2D communication mode are difficult to meet The ever-increasing demand for frequency spectrum leads to the problem of low communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode, and achieves the effect of improving the communication efficiency between UEs using the D2D communication mode.
另外, 通过在非授权频谱的信号质量不满足预设条件时, 指示 UE采用小 区通信模式实现数据传输, 使得 UE在不能直接将数据发送给其他 UE时, 可 以将数据发送给 eNB, 由 eNB将接收到的数据转发给其他 UE, 实现了 UE之 间的数据传输。 需要说明的是: 上述实施例提供的设备通信装置在进行设备通信时, 仅以 上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明, 实际应用中, 可以根据需要而将上述功 能分配由不同的功能模块完成, 即将设备通信装置的内部结构划分成不同的功 能模块, 以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。 另外, 上述实施例提供的设备 通信装置与设备通信方法实施例属于同一构思, 其具体实现过程详见方法实施 例, 这里不再赘述。 In addition, when the signal quality of the unlicensed spectrum does not meet the preset condition, the UE is instructed to use the cell communication mode to implement data transmission, so that when the UE cannot directly send data to other UEs, the data can be sent to the eNB, and the eNB will send the data to the eNB. The received data is forwarded to other UEs, realizing data transmission between UEs. It should be noted that: when the device communication device provided in the above embodiment performs device communication, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to needs. That is, the internal structure of the device communication device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device communication device and the device communication method embodiments provided in the above embodiments belong to the same concept, and the specific implementation process is detailed in the method embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
上述本发明实施例序号仅仅为了描述, 不代表实施例的优劣。 The serial numbers of the above-mentioned embodiments of the present invention are for description only, and do not represent the advantages and disadvantages of the embodiments.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到, 结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示 例的单元及算法步骤, 能够以电子硬件、 或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来 实现。 这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行, 取决于技术方案的特定应用 所描述的功能, 但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。 Those of ordinary skill in the art can appreciate that the various illustrations described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein The units and algorithm steps of the example can be realized by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by means of hardware or software depends on the functions described in the specific application of the technical solution, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present invention.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和筒洁, 上述描述 的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程, 在此不再赘述。 Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and clarity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统、 装置和方 法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性 的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 可以仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可以 有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系 统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦 合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信 连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units may be only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined Or it can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为 单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者 也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部 单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。 The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may also be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to realize the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在, 也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元 中。 In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用 时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。 基于这样的理解, 本发明的技 术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以 以软件产品的形式体现出来, 该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中, 包括 若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设 备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述的存储介质 包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器(Read-Only Memory, ROM ), 随机存取 存储器(Random Access Memory, RAM ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序 代码的介质。 If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the essence of the technical solution of the present invention or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, and various media that can store program codes. .
以上所述, 仅为本发明的具体实施方式, 但本发明的保护范围并不局限于 此, 任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内, 可轻易想到 变化或替换, 都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。 因此, 本发明的保护范围应 所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific embodiment of the present invention, but the scope of protection of the present invention is not limited to Therefore, any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present invention, and all of them should be covered within the protection scope of the present invention. Therefore, the protection scope of the present invention should be based on the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (18)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2014/071501 WO2015109573A1 (en) | 2014-01-26 | 2014-01-26 | Device communication method and apparatus |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN105103637A true CN105103637A (en) | 2015-11-25 |
| CN105103637B CN105103637B (en) | 2019-07-23 |
Family
ID=53680675
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201480000892.3A Active CN105103637B (en) | 2014-01-26 | 2014-01-26 | Device communication method and device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN105103637B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2015109573A1 (en) |
Cited By (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106454710A (en) * | 2016-10-31 | 2017-02-22 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Resource allocation method and resource allocation device based on D2D (Device-to-Device) communication, base station and terminal |
| CN109417799A (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2019-03-01 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium |
| CN109548130A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2019-03-29 | 浙江大学城市学院 | Distributed power-economizing method based on unlicensed band D2D system |
| CN110191504A (en) * | 2019-04-16 | 2019-08-30 | 王聪语 | A kind of Poewr control method |
| CN110266451A (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2019-09-20 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device used in user equipment and base station of unlicensed spectrum |
| CN112261729A (en) * | 2020-12-24 | 2021-01-22 | 北京建筑大学 | Self-adaptive semi-distributed resource allocation method based on D2D-U communication |
| WO2023075665A1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | First user equipment, network node and methods for enabling sidelink in a wireless communication network |
| US12034672B2 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2024-07-09 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method for determining contention window size (CWS), and related product |
Families Citing this family (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN107135461A (en) * | 2016-02-29 | 2017-09-05 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Data transmission method and device |
| CN110417528B (en) * | 2016-04-14 | 2021-09-24 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | D2D communication method and device |
| CN106162900B (en) * | 2016-08-15 | 2020-03-17 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | D2D communication method on unlicensed frequency band, D2D communication device, terminal and base station |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2011144803A1 (en) * | 2010-05-19 | 2011-11-24 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing communication offloading to unlicensed bands |
| CN103179575A (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2013-06-26 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Neighboring device communication method and system, network side device and user equipment |
| CN103222294A (en) * | 2010-09-23 | 2013-07-24 | 诺基亚公司 | Autonomous unlicensed band reuse in mixed cellular and device-to-device network |
-
2014
- 2014-01-26 CN CN201480000892.3A patent/CN105103637B/en active Active
- 2014-01-26 WO PCT/CN2014/071501 patent/WO2015109573A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2011144803A1 (en) * | 2010-05-19 | 2011-11-24 | Nokia Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing communication offloading to unlicensed bands |
| CN103222294A (en) * | 2010-09-23 | 2013-07-24 | 诺基亚公司 | Autonomous unlicensed band reuse in mixed cellular and device-to-device network |
| CN103179575A (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2013-06-26 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Neighboring device communication method and system, network side device and user equipment |
Cited By (13)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106454710A (en) * | 2016-10-31 | 2017-02-22 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Resource allocation method and resource allocation device based on D2D (Device-to-Device) communication, base station and terminal |
| CN110266451A (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2019-09-20 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device used in user equipment and base station of unlicensed spectrum |
| CN110266451B (en) * | 2018-03-12 | 2021-12-24 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device used in user equipment and base station of unlicensed spectrum |
| CN109417799B (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2023-10-31 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium |
| CN109417799A (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2019-03-01 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium |
| US11895659B2 (en) | 2018-09-28 | 2024-02-06 | Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. | Control instruction transmission method, base station, terminal and storage medium |
| CN109548130A (en) * | 2018-12-28 | 2019-03-29 | 浙江大学城市学院 | Distributed power-economizing method based on unlicensed band D2D system |
| US12034672B2 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2024-07-09 | Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. | Method for determining contention window size (CWS), and related product |
| CN110191504A (en) * | 2019-04-16 | 2019-08-30 | 王聪语 | A kind of Poewr control method |
| CN110191504B (en) * | 2019-04-16 | 2022-06-14 | 王聪语 | Power control method |
| CN112261729B (en) * | 2020-12-24 | 2021-03-19 | 北京建筑大学 | An adaptive semi-distributed resource allocation method based on D2D-U communication |
| CN112261729A (en) * | 2020-12-24 | 2021-01-22 | 北京建筑大学 | Self-adaptive semi-distributed resource allocation method based on D2D-U communication |
| WO2023075665A1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | First user equipment, network node and methods for enabling sidelink in a wireless communication network |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| WO2015109573A1 (en) | 2015-07-30 |
| CN105103637B (en) | 2019-07-23 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12256399B2 (en) | In-coverage network controlled off-loading over an unlicensed sidelink | |
| JP6891250B2 (en) | Timing alignment procedure for dual PUCCH | |
| CN111727648B (en) | Coexistence between user equipment and shared resource pool | |
| CN111096000B (en) | Dual connectivity to a network utilizing unlicensed spectrum | |
| CN105103637B (en) | Device communication method and device | |
| US10080213B2 (en) | Method for transmitting buffer status report in device-to-device communication, and device thereof | |
| CN107852611B (en) | Quality of service related enhancements for LTE over shared spectrum | |
| CN107567718B (en) | Method and apparatus for performing and reporting measurement by user equipment configured with multiple carriers in mobile communication system | |
| US11159974B2 (en) | Base station and user terminal for performing measurement and communication in unlicensed frequency bands | |
| CN102932927B (en) | Wireless communications method, base station and terminal | |
| CN111295912B (en) | Power control in a directional beam environment | |
| TW202123747A (en) | Apparatus and methods for new radio sidelink channel state information acquisition | |
| US9749834B2 (en) | Communication control method, user terminal, processor, and storage medium | |
| US9661635B2 (en) | Communication control method, base station, user terminal, processor, and non-transitory storage medium for inter-terminal communication | |
| US20150319793A1 (en) | Communication control method, user terminal, processor, storage medium, and base station | |
| WO2015139392A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for preventing d2d communication interference | |
| US10021039B2 (en) | Mobile communication system and user terminal | |
| US9425931B2 (en) | PUCCH resource management mechanism for coordinated multi-point operation | |
| WO2011018043A1 (en) | Method, system and device for using terminal identifier | |
| US20150245342A1 (en) | Communication control method and base station | |
| WO2014101671A1 (en) | Data transmission method, system and device | |
| CN115699933A (en) | Periodic resource reservation for serving aperiodic traffic over side links | |
| EP4055976B1 (en) | Two-step rach transmissions using guard band in unlicensed spectrum | |
| JP6619862B2 (en) | User terminal, communication method and communication system | |
| CN117769886A (en) | User Equipment (UE) assisted termination selection for non-standalone or dual connectivity |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| C06 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| C10 | Entry into substantive examination | ||
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant | ||
| GR01 | Patent grant |